1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
325 This, however, is due
326 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
327 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
328 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
329 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
331 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
332 this doesn't work for equations yet.
335 \begin_layout Standard
336 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
344 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
349 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
350 ing sections of this documentation.
353 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_layout Standard
358 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
384 without resorting to configuration files.
385 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
386 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
387 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
392 \begin_inset Index idx
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
839 can identify them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We'll start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
969 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
970 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
979 keys also function as the
984 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
985 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
990 to get back the lost text.
993 \begin_layout Standard
994 \begin_inset Index idx
997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1003 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1015 \begin_layout Standard
1018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1023 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1029 \begin_inset space ~
1034 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1040 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1044 \begin_inset space ~
1049 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1050 will start a new paragraph.
1053 \begin_layout Standard
1054 \begin_inset Index idx
1057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1064 \begin_inset Index idx
1067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1075 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1093 \begin_inset space ~
1099 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1104 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 button to skip the current word.
1125 \begin_inset space ~
1130 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1134 \begin_inset space ~
1139 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1141 If the toggle is set, searching for
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1153 will not match the word
1154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 Match whole words only
1170 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1199 LyX offers also an advanced
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1206 \begin_inset space ~
1211 feature that is described in sec.
1212 \begin_inset space ~
1216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1218 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1225 \begin_layout Standard
1226 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1227 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1229 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1234 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1241 \begin_layout Section
1243 \begin_inset Index idx
1246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1253 \begin_inset Index idx
1256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1265 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1274 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1277 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1280 or the toolbar button
1286 to undo some mistake.
1287 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1292 or the toolbar button
1299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1306 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1310 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1313 \begin_layout Standard
1314 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1323 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1324 This is a consequence of the 100
1325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1328 step undo limit, above.
1331 \begin_layout Standard
1340 work on almost everything in LyX.
1341 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1345 \begin_layout Section
1347 \begin_inset Index idx
1350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1359 \begin_layout Standard
1360 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1373 once anywhere in the edit window.
1374 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1378 \begin_layout Enumerate
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1389 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1392 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1395 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1398 \begin_layout Itemize
1399 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1401 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1408 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1413 \begin_layout Standard
1414 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1415 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1419 \begin_layout Section
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1423 name "sec:Navigating"
1428 \begin_inset Index idx
1431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1449 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1450 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 \begin_layout Itemize
1454 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1459 or by the toolbar button
1462 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1468 \begin_layout Itemize
1469 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1471 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1474 and use the same menu to return to them.
1475 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1478 \begin_layout Standard
1482 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1487 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1491 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1492 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1493 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1494 your last editing position.
1497 \begin_layout Subsection
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1502 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1510 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1511 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1512 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1513 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1514 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1517 LatexCommand formatted
1518 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1522 ), or notes, or citations (see
1523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1524 LatexCommand formatted
1525 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1530 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1532 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1533 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1534 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1535 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1538 LatexCommand formatted
1539 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1543 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1545 LatexCommand formatted
1546 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1551 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1555 \begin_layout Standard
1556 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1557 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1558 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1559 dialog and to modify the citation.
1560 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1592 option keeps it in the current view state.
1593 Keeping means that when you have e.
1594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1598 \begin_inset space \space{}
1601 the subsections of section
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1605 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1609 3, the subsections of section
1610 \begin_inset space ~
1613 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1618 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1619 \begin_inset space ~
1623 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1633 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1636 \begin_layout Standard
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1642 \begin_inset Graphics
1643 filename ../images/reload.png
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1651 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1652 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1655 \begin_inset space \space{}
1659 \begin_inset Graphics
1660 filename ../images/down.png
1662 groupId toolbarbuttons
1667 \begin_inset space ~
1671 \begin_inset space \space{}
1675 \begin_inset Graphics
1676 filename ../images/up.png
1678 groupId toolbarbuttons
1683 \begin_inset space ~
1686 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1687 So, for example, you can move section
1688 \begin_inset space ~
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1695 2.4 or after section
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1700 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1702 \begin_inset Graphics
1703 filename ../images/promote.png
1705 groupId toolbarbuttons
1710 \begin_inset Graphics
1711 filename ../images/demote.png
1713 groupId toolbarbuttons
1717 (or the corresponding key bindings
1725 ) you can change the level of sections.
1726 So you can for example make section
1727 \begin_inset space ~
1731 \begin_inset space ~
1735 \begin_inset space ~
1741 \begin_layout Section
1742 Input / Word Completion
1743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1745 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1750 \begin_inset Index idx
1753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_inset Index idx
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_layout Standard
1795 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1797 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1798 is used to propose completions.
1801 \begin_layout Standard
1802 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1803 there are completions available.
1804 You can then press the
1808 key to use this completion.
1809 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1810 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1811 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1821 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1824 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1826 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1829 by deselecting the option
1832 \begin_inset space ~
1841 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1850 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1851 To accept this proposal, use the
1860 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1861 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1869 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1876 \begin_layout Section
1878 \begin_inset Index idx
1881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1888 \begin_inset Index idx
1891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1954 \begin_layout Standard
1955 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1956 LyX's default is CUA.
1959 \begin_layout Standard
1963 \begin_inset space ~
1971 \begin_inset space ~
1992 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1996 \begin_layout Labeling
1997 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2001 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2002 LatexCommand nomenclature
2004 description "Tabulator key"
2010 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2011 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2018 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2025 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2029 , especially section
2030 \begin_inset space ~
2034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2036 reference "sub:Lists"
2042 If you're still confused, look in the
2049 \begin_layout Labeling
2050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2054 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2055 LatexCommand nomenclature
2057 description "Escape key"
2064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2071 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2072 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2075 \begin_layout Labeling
2076 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2082 \begin_inset space ~
2086 \begin_inset space ~
2093 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2094 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2098 \begin_layout Standard
2099 There are three modifier keys:
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2121 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2122 LatexCommand nomenclature
2124 description "Control key"
2128 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2129 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2133 \begin_layout Itemize
2142 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2145 \begin_layout Itemize
2154 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2157 \begin_layout Itemize
2166 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2170 \begin_layout Labeling
2171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2189 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2190 LatexCommand nomenclature
2192 description "Shift key"
2196 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2197 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2200 \begin_layout Labeling
2201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2219 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2220 LatexCommand nomenclature
2222 description "Alt or Meta key"
2226 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2227 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2228 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2234 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2236 menu accelerator keys
2239 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2240 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 For example, the sequence
2246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2252 \begin_inset space ~
2256 \begin_inset space ~
2262 \begin_inset space ~
2270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2289 \begin_inset space ~
2295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2310 manual lists all other things bound to the
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2320 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2321 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action,
2322 you've just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2323 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2324 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2325 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2327 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2343 followed by a capital
2350 \begin_layout Standard
2351 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2353 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2361 as explained in sec.
2362 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2368 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2375 \begin_layout Chapter
2377 \begin_inset Index idx
2380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2389 \begin_layout Section
2391 \begin_inset Index idx
2394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2403 \begin_layout Subsection
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2409 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2410 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2411 numbering schemes, and so on.
2412 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2413 and format the title of your document differently.
2416 \begin_layout Standard
2421 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2422 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2423 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2424 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2425 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2428 \begin_layout Standard
2429 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2430 how to adjust their properties.
2433 \begin_layout Subsection
2435 \begin_inset Index idx
2438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2447 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2454 \begin_layout Standard
2455 You can select a class using the
2457 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2458 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2462 \begin_inset Index idx
2465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2472 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2476 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2480 \begin_layout Standard
2481 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Article for basic articles
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 Report for basic reports
2493 \begin_layout Description
2494 Book for writing a book
2497 \begin_layout Description
2498 Letter for US-style letters
2501 \begin_layout Standard
2502 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2503 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2504 will include many of these.
2505 Here are some of the classes.
2506 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2508 Special Document Classes
2517 \begin_layout Description
2518 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2521 \begin_layout Description
2522 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2531 \begin_layout Description
2532 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2533 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2534 There are three article layouts available.
2535 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2536 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2537 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2538 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2543 sequential numbering
2544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2547 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2548 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2549 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2550 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Beamer Layout for presentations
2557 \begin_layout Description
2558 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2559 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2563 \begin_layout Description
2564 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2567 \begin_layout Description
2569 \begin_inset space ~
2572 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2575 \begin_layout Description
2576 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2579 \begin_layout Description
2580 Foils Used to make transparencies
2583 \begin_layout Description
2584 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2585 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2589 \begin_layout Description
2590 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2591 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2598 \begin_layout Description
2599 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2602 \begin_layout Description
2603 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2604 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2605 (Is used by this document.)
2608 \begin_layout Description
2609 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2616 \begin_layout Description
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2629 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2631 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2634 \begin_layout Description
2635 Slides Used to make transparencies
2638 \begin_layout Description
2640 \begin_inset space ~
2643 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2644 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2647 \begin_layout Description
2648 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2651 \begin_layout Standard
2652 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2654 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2660 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2661 of the document classes.
2664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2668 \begin_layout Standard
2669 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2671 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2672 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2674 \begin_inset Index idx
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2694 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2695 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2697 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2700 \begin_layout Standard
2702 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2703 and some of them, like
2707 , are highly specialized.
2708 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2709 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2711 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2712 by some document class.
2713 There are just too many of them.
2714 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2717 \begin_layout Standard
2718 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2726 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2727 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2728 document class for a new file.
2729 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2734 Installing new LaTeX files
2735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2742 manual for information on how to install them.
2743 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2749 \begin_layout Standard
2750 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2751 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2753 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2754 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2755 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2757 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2760 \begin_inset space ~
2767 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2770 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2779 \begin_inset Index idx
2782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2791 \begin_layout Standard
2792 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2793 chosen document class.
2794 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2795 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2802 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2806 \begin_inset Index idx
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2816 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2820 \begin_layout Standard
2821 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2822 always installed by default.
2823 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2824 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2825 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2826 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2827 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2828 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2829 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2832 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2836 \begin_inset Index idx
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2840 Reconfiguration of LyX
2846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2849 Installing new LaTeX files
2850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2857 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2870 LyX will advise you about these things.
2878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2880 \begin_inset Index idx
2883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2884 Document ! Local Layout
2892 \begin_layout Standard
2893 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2894 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2895 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2896 writing a module for this purpose.
2897 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2898 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2900 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2901 What you want is LyX's
2902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2918 manual for information on how to use it.
2921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2925 \begin_layout Standard
2926 Each class has a default set of options.
2927 Here's a quick table describing them:
2930 \begin_layout Standard
2931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2937 \begin_layout Standard
2939 \begin_inset Tabular
2940 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2941 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3407 \begin_layout Standard
3408 You're probably also wondering what
3409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3413 \begin_inset space ~
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3421 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3422 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3427 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3432 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3442 headings, there are also
3450 headings, and so on.
3451 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3452 \begin_inset space ~
3456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3458 reference "sub:Headings"
3465 \begin_layout Subsection
3467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3469 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3474 \begin_inset Index idx
3477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3486 \begin_inset Index idx
3489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3501 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3512 \begin_inset space ~
3517 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3519 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3520 to use for your document.
3521 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3525 \begin_layout Standard
3532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3544 You can choose between the following five options:
3547 \begin_layout Labeling
3548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3553 Use default page style of current class.
3556 \begin_layout Labeling
3557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3562 No page numbers or headings.
3565 \begin_layout Labeling
3566 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3574 \begin_layout Labeling
3575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3580 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3581 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3582 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3585 \begin_layout Labeling
3586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3591 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3592 have the LaTeX-package
3597 \begin_inset Index idx
3600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3601 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3607 How they are defined is explained in section
3608 \begin_inset space ~
3612 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3614 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3621 \begin_layout Standard
3622 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3623 \begin_inset space ~
3627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3629 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3636 \begin_layout Subsection
3637 Paper Size and Orientation
3638 \begin_inset Index idx
3641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3642 Document ! Paper size
3648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3650 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3657 \begin_layout Standard
3658 You find the following options in the menu
3661 \begin_inset space ~
3668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3674 \begin_inset Index idx
3677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3686 \begin_layout Labeling
3687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3691 \begin_inset space ~
3696 What size paper to print on.
3701 \begin_layout Itemize
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 \begin_layout Itemize
3725 \begin_layout Itemize
3728 US letter, US legal, US executive
3731 \begin_layout Itemize
3737 \begin_layout Itemize
3744 \begin_layout Labeling
3745 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3750 To choose whether to output as
3761 \begin_layout Labeling
3762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3766 \begin_inset space ~
3771 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3772 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3775 \begin_layout Subsection
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3784 \begin_inset Index idx
3787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3794 \begin_inset Index idx
3797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3806 \begin_layout Standard
3807 Paper margins are set in the menu
3809 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3813 \begin_inset Index idx
3816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3825 \begin_layout Standard
3826 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3827 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3828 the paper format and the font size into account.
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3835 \begin_layout Standard
3836 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3841 That includes the paragraph environments.
3842 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3843 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3844 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3845 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3854 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3856 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3857 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3858 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3861 \begin_layout Section
3862 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3863 \begin_inset Index idx
3866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3867 Paragraph ! Indentation
3875 \begin_layout Subsection
3877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3879 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3886 \begin_layout Standard
3887 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3888 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3892 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3893 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3894 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3895 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3899 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3905 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3906 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3907 language than English.
3908 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3911 \begin_layout Standard
3912 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3913 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3915 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3916 LyX takes care of that.
3917 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3919 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3920 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3921 of a page, and so on.
3925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3926 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3931 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3932 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3936 of these pre-coded spacings.
3937 We will explain more later.
3940 \begin_layout Subsection
3941 Paragraph Separation
3942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3944 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3949 \begin_inset Index idx
3952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 Paragraph ! Separation
3961 \begin_layout Standard
3962 To separate paragraphs, select
3973 \begin_inset space ~
3980 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3984 \begin_inset Index idx
3987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3993 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3996 \begin_layout Subsection
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4006 \begin_inset space ~
4011 dialog and toggle the
4014 \begin_inset space ~
4019 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4022 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4026 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4027 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4031 \begin_layout Standard
4032 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4033 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4036 \begin_layout Subsection
4038 \begin_inset Index idx
4041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4042 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4050 \begin_layout Standard
4053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4057 \begin_inset Index idx
4060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4069 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4082 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4087 \begin_inset Index idx
4090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4091 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4096 installed to use this feature.
4104 \begin_layout Section
4105 Paragraph Environments
4106 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4108 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4113 \begin_inset Index idx
4116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4117 Paragraph ! Environments
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4127 Paragraph environments|(
4135 \begin_layout Subsection
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4143 \begin_layout Standard
4162 \begin_inset Newline newline
4165 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4166 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4167 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4176 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4179 \begin_layout Standard
4180 A paragraph environment is simply a
4181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4188 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4189 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4190 scheme, labels, and so on.
4191 Additionally, you can
4192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4199 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4200 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4201 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4202 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4203 days of typewriters.
4204 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4206 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4210 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4211 \begin_inset Graphics
4212 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4218 at the left end of the toolbar.
4219 LyX will change the environment of the
4223 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4224 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4225 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4229 \begin_layout Standard
4238 create a new paragraph using the
4242 paragraph environment.
4244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4251 because if you are in one of these environments:
4254 \begin_layout Itemize
4260 \begin_layout Itemize
4266 \begin_layout Itemize
4272 \begin_layout Itemize
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Standard
4297 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4301 , rather than resetting it to
4306 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4307 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4308 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4309 \begin_inset space ~
4313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4315 reference "sec:Nesting"
4320 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4325 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4326 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4330 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4336 \begin_layout Subsection
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 The default paragraph environment is
4346 It creates a plain paragraph.
4347 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4348 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4349 this manual) are in the
4356 \begin_layout Standard
4357 You can nest a paragraph using the
4361 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4369 \begin_layout Subsection
4371 \begin_inset Index idx
4374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4393 for thanks or contact information.
4394 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4395 page along with today's date.
4396 For other types of documents, the title
4397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4404 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4423 Here's how you use them:
4426 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 Put the title of your document in the
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Put the author name in the
4442 \begin_layout Itemize
4443 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4444 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4450 Note that using this environment is optional.
4451 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4452 If you don't want any date, add the line
4453 \begin_inset Newline newline
4463 \begin_inset Newline newline
4466 to the preamble of your document (menu
4468 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 You can use footnotes to insert
4476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4483 or contact information.
4486 \begin_layout Subsection
4488 \begin_inset Index idx
4491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4507 \begin_layout Standard
4508 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4509 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4514 \begin_inset Index idx
4517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4518 Section headings ! Numbered
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4531 \begin_layout Enumerate
4537 \begin_layout Enumerate
4543 \begin_layout Enumerate
4549 \begin_layout Enumerate
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4575 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4576 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4581 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4582 You group the book into chapters.
4583 LyX does similar grouping:
4586 \begin_layout Itemize
4591 is divided in either
4602 \begin_layout Itemize
4614 \begin_layout Itemize
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4671 Not all document types use the
4675 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4680 is the top-level heading.
4688 \begin_layout Standard
4693 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4694 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4696 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4708 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4710 \begin_inset Index idx
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4714 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4722 \begin_layout Standard
4723 The unnumbered section headings have a
4724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4731 at the end of their name.
4732 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4733 the table of contents, see section
4734 \begin_inset space ~
4738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4747 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4748 Changing the Numbering
4749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4751 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4758 \begin_layout Standard
4759 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4760 in the Table of Contents.
4761 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4763 Certain classes start with
4777 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4787 This is something you can change.
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4793 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4799 \begin_inset Index idx
4802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4813 \begin_inset space ~
4817 \begin_inset space ~
4822 you'll see two counters.
4827 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4829 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4833 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4834 Short Titles of Headings
4835 \begin_inset Index idx
4838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4839 Section headings ! Short titles
4845 \begin_inset Argument
4848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4857 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4864 \begin_layout Standard
4865 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4866 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4867 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4868 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4871 \begin_layout Standard
4872 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4873 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4874 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4875 To specify a short title, use the menu
4877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4879 \begin_inset space ~
4885 This will insert a box labeled
4886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4901 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4902 This also works for captions inside floats.
4905 \begin_layout Standard
4906 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4913 \begin_layout Standard
4914 The following information applies to all section headings:
4917 \begin_layout Itemize
4918 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4921 \begin_layout Itemize
4922 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4925 \begin_layout Itemize
4926 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4929 \begin_layout Itemize
4930 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4933 \begin_layout Subsection
4934 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4937 \begin_layout Standard
4938 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4952 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4953 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4954 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4955 the text they contain.
4956 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4964 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4977 when you start a new paragraph.
4978 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4982 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4983 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4984 to change back to the
4988 environment yourself.
4991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5008 \begin_inset Index idx
5011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5020 \begin_layout Standard
5021 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5022 time for the differences.
5031 are identical except for one difference:
5035 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5044 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5047 \begin_layout Standard
5048 Here's an example of the
5061 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5063 See – no indentation!
5067 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5068 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5069 the other paragraph.
5072 \begin_layout Standard
5073 Here's another example, this time in the
5080 \begin_layout Quotation
5086 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5087 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5088 the first line, then
5092 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5096 you were quoting other text.
5099 \begin_layout Quotation
5100 Here's a new paragraph.
5101 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5102 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 As the examples show,
5110 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5111 They should put quotes in the
5116 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5120 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5129 \begin_inset Index idx
5132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5141 \begin_inset Index idx
5144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5151 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5160 \begin_layout Standard
5165 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5171 \begin_inset Newline newline
5174 Which I did not rehearse!
5178 It could be much worse.
5179 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5181 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5182 indented a bit more than the first.
5183 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5189 \begin_inset Newline newline
5192 And make things look fine
5193 \begin_inset Newline newline
5199 arg "newline-insert newline"
5205 \begin_layout Standard
5210 does not indent both margins.
5211 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5212 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5219 arg "newline-insert newline"
5225 \begin_layout Subsection
5227 \begin_inset Index idx
5230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5246 \begin_layout Standard
5247 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5257 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5266 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5267 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5268 some general features of all four of them.
5271 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5275 \begin_layout Standard
5276 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5278 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5287 reset the environment to
5291 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5292 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5293 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5297 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5300 to break paragraphs.
5303 \begin_layout Standard
5304 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5305 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5307 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5308 you read all of section
5309 \begin_inset space ~
5313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5315 reference "sec:Nesting"
5323 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5329 \begin_inset Index idx
5332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5339 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5348 \begin_layout Standard
5349 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5353 paragraph environment.
5354 It has the following properties:
5357 \begin_layout Itemize
5358 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5362 \begin_layout Itemize
5363 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5366 \begin_layout Itemize
5367 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5371 \begin_layout Itemize
5372 The items can have any length.
5373 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5374 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5381 \begin_layout Itemize
5386 environment inside another
5390 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5394 \begin_layout Itemize
5395 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5398 \begin_layout Itemize
5399 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5402 \begin_layout Itemize
5404 \begin_inset space ~
5408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5410 reference "sec:Nesting"
5414 for a full explanation of nesting.
5418 \begin_layout Standard
5419 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5428 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5431 \begin_layout Standard
5432 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5433 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5436 \begin_layout Itemize
5437 The label for the first level
5441 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5445 \begin_layout Itemize
5446 The label for the second level is a dash.
5450 \begin_layout Itemize
5451 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5455 \begin_layout Itemize
5456 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5461 Back out to the third level.
5465 \begin_layout Itemize
5466 Back to the second level.
5470 \begin_layout Itemize
5471 Back to the outermost level.
5474 \begin_layout Standard
5475 These are the default labels for an
5480 You can customize these labels in the
5482 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5485 dialog in the submenu
5492 \begin_inset Index idx
5495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5504 \begin_layout Standard
5505 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5506 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5508 \begin_inset space ~
5512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5514 reference "sec:Nesting"
5521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5527 \begin_inset Index idx
5530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5539 name "sec:Enumerate"
5546 \begin_layout Standard
5551 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5552 It has these properties:
5555 \begin_layout Enumerate
5556 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5560 \begin_layout Enumerate
5561 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5565 \begin_layout Enumerate
5566 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5569 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 environment resets the counter to one.
5577 \begin_layout Enumerate
5590 \begin_layout Enumerate
5591 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5592 Items can have any length.
5595 \begin_layout Enumerate
5596 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5599 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5603 \begin_layout Enumerate
5604 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5608 \begin_layout Standard
5617 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5618 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5625 \begin_layout Enumerate
5626 The first level of an
5630 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5639 \begin_layout Enumerate
5640 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5644 \begin_layout Enumerate
5645 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 Back to the third level
5659 \begin_layout Enumerate
5660 Back to the second level.
5664 \begin_layout Enumerate
5665 Back to the outermost level.
5668 \begin_layout Standard
5669 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5674 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5679 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5683 \begin_layout Standard
5684 There is more to nesting
5688 environments than we've stated here.
5689 You should read section
5690 \begin_inset space ~
5694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5696 reference "sec:Nesting"
5700 to learn more about nesting.
5703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5709 \begin_inset Index idx
5712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5721 \begin_layout Standard
5722 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5726 list has no fixed label.
5727 Instead, LyX uses the first
5728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5735 of the first line as the label.
5739 \begin_layout Description
5740 Example: This is an example of the
5747 \begin_layout Standard
5748 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5752 \begin_layout Standard
5754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5761 it is meant that the first hit of the
5765 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5767 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5775 arg "space-insert protected"
5780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5781 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5783 \begin_inset space ~
5789 \begin_inset space ~
5793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5795 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5799 for more info.) Here is an example:
5802 \begin_layout Description
5804 \begin_inset space ~
5807 Example: This one shows how to use a
5810 \begin_inset space ~
5822 \begin_layout Description
5823 Usage: You should use the
5827 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5828 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5830 It's not a good idea to use a
5834 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5835 You're better off using
5847 paragraphs into them.
5850 \begin_layout Description
5851 Nesting: You can nest
5855 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5859 \begin_layout Standard
5860 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5861 them from the first line.
5864 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5870 \begin_inset Index idx
5873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5882 \begin_layout Standard
5887 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5890 \begin_layout Standard
5891 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5899 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5904 environment is named
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5925 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5926 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5929 \begin_layout Labeling
5930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5932 \begin_inset space ~
5935 labels LyX uses the first
5936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5943 of each line as the item label.
5948 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5949 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5950 blank as described above.
5953 \begin_layout Labeling
5954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5955 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5956 the body of the item text.
5957 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5958 label width plus a little extra space.
5962 \begin_layout Labeling
5963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5965 \begin_inset space ~
5968 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5970 If the label width is larger, the label
5971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5978 into the first line.
5979 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5980 margin of the rest of the item text.
5983 \begin_layout Labeling
5984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5986 \begin_inset space ~
5989 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5994 environment have the same left margin.
5995 \begin_inset Newline newline
5998 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6003 \begin_inset space ~
6012 \begin_inset space ~
6017 determines the default label width.
6018 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6027 multiple times instead.
6028 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6037 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6040 \begin_inset space ~
6045 every time you alter a label in a
6050 \begin_inset Newline newline
6053 The predefined default width is the length of
6054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 \begin_inset Newline newline
6067 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6075 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6076 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6084 \begin_layout Standard
6089 environment the same way like the
6093 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6099 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6103 \begin_layout Standard
6108 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6110 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6112 \begin_inset space ~
6116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6118 reference "sec:Nesting"
6122 to learn about nesting.
6125 \begin_layout Standard
6126 There is yet another feature of the
6130 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6132 You can use additional
6136 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6141 are documented in section
6142 \begin_inset space ~
6146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6148 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6153 Here are some examples:
6154 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6160 \begin_layout Labeling
6161 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6162 Left The default for
6169 \begin_layout Labeling
6170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6171 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6178 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6181 \begin_layout Labeling
6182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6183 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6187 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6194 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6197 \begin_layout Subsection
6199 \begin_inset Index idx
6202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6211 \begin_layout Standard
6212 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6215 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6217 in the document settings.
6218 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6223 \begin_inset Index idx
6226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6227 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6236 Custom Enumerate Lists
6237 \begin_inset Index idx
6240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6241 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6249 \begin_layout Standard
6251 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6257 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6258 There you add the command
6261 \begin_layout Standard
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 in TeX Code (shortcut
6280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6281 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6282 \begin_inset space ~
6286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6288 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6301 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6308 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6309 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6322 For Arabic numerals use
6330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6337 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6352 \begin_layout Standard
6354 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6362 You can only number 26
6363 \begin_inset space ~
6366 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6374 \begin_layout Standard
6375 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6376 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6379 \begin_layout Standard
6380 As example a list with custom numbering:
6383 \begin_layout Enumerate
6384 \begin_inset Argument
6387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6413 \begin_layout Enumerate
6414 \begin_inset Argument
6417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6440 \begin_layout Enumerate
6445 \begin_layout Enumerate
6446 \begin_inset Argument
6449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6474 \begin_inset Argument
6477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6503 \begin_layout Standard
6504 For this list these commands were used:
6507 \begin_layout Standard
6518 \begin_inset Newline newline
6526 \begin_inset Newline newline
6534 \begin_inset Newline newline
6544 \begin_layout Standard
6551 makes the label emphasized and
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6569 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6570 lists until you change the definition.
6578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6580 \begin_inset Index idx
6583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6584 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6592 \begin_layout Standard
6593 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6596 \begin_layout Enumerate
6597 \begin_inset Argument
6600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6619 \begin_inset Note Note
6622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6623 goes back to default numbering
6631 \begin_layout Enumerate
6635 \begin_layout Standard
6639 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6643 \begin_layout Standard
6644 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6649 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6650 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6662 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6670 \begin_layout Standard
6671 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6673 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6674 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6675 of a normal new enumeration.
6676 There insert the command
6679 \begin_layout Standard
6685 \begin_layout Standard
6690 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6694 \begin_layout Enumerate
6698 \begin_layout Enumerate
6702 \begin_layout Standard
6703 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6706 \begin_layout Enumerate
6707 \begin_inset Argument
6710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6726 This enumeration starts at 4
6729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6731 \begin_inset Index idx
6734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6744 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6746 For example the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6749 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 \begin_layout Itemize
6754 with standard spacing
6757 \begin_layout Standard
6758 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6760 There add the command
6764 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6767 \begin_layout Itemize
6768 \begin_inset Argument
6771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6790 \begin_layout Itemize
6794 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6805 \begin_inset Index idx
6808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6809 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6815 For more info see its documentation,
6816 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6826 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6828 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to the one of the
6829 paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6833 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6836 \begin_layout Enumerate
6837 \begin_inset Argument
6840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6848 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6861 \begin_layout Enumerate
6862 with negative indentation
6865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6866 Further Customization
6867 \begin_inset Index idx
6870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6879 \begin_layout Standard
6880 You can also change the style of description lists.
6884 \begin_layout Standard
6890 \begin_layout Standard
6891 changes the description label font, the command
6894 \begin_layout Standard
6900 \begin_layout Standard
6901 sets the list style.
6904 \begin_layout Standard
6905 An example where the command
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6913 itshape, style=nextline
6916 \begin_layout Standard
6920 \begin_layout Description
6922 \begin_inset space ~
6926 \begin_inset Argument
6929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6935 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6937 itshape, style=nextline
6947 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6948 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6952 \begin_layout Description
6954 \begin_inset space ~
6957 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6958 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6959 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6963 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
6969 \begin_inset Index idx
6972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6973 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6979 For more info see its documentation,
6980 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6989 \begin_layout Subsection
6991 \begin_inset Index idx
6994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7003 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7011 \begin_inset space ~
7019 \begin_layout Standard
7020 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7028 \begin_inset space ~
7034 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7035 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7036 In contrast, you can use the
7043 \begin_inset space ~
7048 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7049 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7053 \begin_layout Standard
7054 Of course, you're not limited to using
7061 \begin_inset space ~
7070 \begin_inset space ~
7075 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7076 some European academic papers.
7079 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7083 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7090 \begin_layout Standard
7095 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7096 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7100 \begin_inset space ~
7105 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7106 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7107 Here's an example of each:
7110 \begin_layout Right Address
7112 \begin_inset Newline newline
7116 \begin_inset Newline newline
7120 \begin_inset Newline newline
7123 When is it? What is today?
7126 \begin_layout Standard
7130 \begin_inset space ~
7136 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7137 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7138 Here's an example of the
7145 \begin_layout Address
7147 \begin_inset Newline newline
7150 Where do I send this
7151 \begin_inset Newline newline
7154 Your post office and country
7157 \begin_layout Standard
7158 As you can see, both
7165 \begin_inset space ~
7170 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7175 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7181 This makes sense, since
7189 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7190 Thus, you have to use
7197 arg "newline-insert newline"
7203 \begin_inset space ~
7206 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7208 \begin_inset space ~
7217 menu) to start a new line in an
7224 \begin_inset space ~
7232 \begin_layout Subsection
7236 \begin_layout Standard
7237 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7238 or list of references.
7239 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7246 \begin_inset Index idx
7249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7258 \begin_layout Standard
7263 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7264 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7265 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7266 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7270 in anything else or vice versa.
7276 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7277 The book document classes ignores the
7281 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7285 in a letter document class.
7288 \begin_layout Standard
7293 environment does several things for you.
7294 First, it puts the centered label
7295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7303 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7305 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7306 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7307 the subsequent text.
7308 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7309 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7312 \begin_layout Standard
7313 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7317 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7318 The new paragraph will still be in the
7323 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7324 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 \begin_inset Float figure
7333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7335 \begin_inset Graphics
7336 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7344 \begin_inset Caption
7346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7349 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7375 environment, but since this document is in the
7376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7383 class, we can't do this.
7384 We inserted it therefore as figure
7385 \begin_inset space ~
7389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7391 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7396 If you've never heard of an
7397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7404 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7407 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7413 \begin_inset Index idx
7416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7425 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7437 environment is used to list references.
7438 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7439 only use it at the end of the document.
7444 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
7447 \begin_layout Standard
7448 When you first open a
7452 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7468 depending on the document class.
7469 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7470 Each paragraph of the
7474 environment is a bibliography entry.
7479 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7480 Each new paragraph is still in the
7487 \begin_layout Standard
7488 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7489 by using a BibTeX database.
7490 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7491 phy handling, have a look at in section
7492 \begin_inset space ~
7496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7498 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7505 \begin_layout Subsection
7509 \begin_inset Index idx
7512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7513 Paragraph ! LyX code
7519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7533 environment is another LyX extension.
7534 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7539 key as a fixed whitespace;
7543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7555 \begin_inset space ~
7560 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7565 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7566 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7569 arg "newline-insert newline"
7586 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7587 So, when you finish using the
7591 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7592 Also, you can nest the
7596 environment inside of others.
7599 \begin_layout Standard
7600 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7603 \begin_layout Itemize
7607 arg "newline-insert newline"
7610 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7615 \begin_inset space \space{}
7625 arg "newline-insert newline"
7631 \begin_layout Itemize
7635 arg "newline-insert newline"
7646 \begin_layout Itemize
7651 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7658 \begin_layout Itemize
7662 arg "space-insert protected"
7669 \begin_layout Itemize
7670 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7671 You must put at least one
7675 in any line you want blank.
7676 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7679 \begin_layout Itemize
7680 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7684 since that will insert
7689 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7692 arg "self-insert \""
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7702 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7710 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7714 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7718 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 printf("Hello World!
7724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7728 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7732 \begin_layout Standard
7733 This is just the standard
7734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7745 \begin_layout Standard
7750 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7751 rc-files, and so on.
7752 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7753 as if you used a typewriter.
7754 \begin_inset Index idx
7757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7758 Paragraph environments|)
7763 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7766 Program Code Listings
7771 \begin_inset space ~
7779 \begin_layout Section
7780 Nesting Environments
7781 \begin_inset Index idx
7784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7785 Nesting ! Environments
7791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7800 \begin_layout Subsection
7804 \begin_layout Standard
7805 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7807 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7809 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7811 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7823 \begin_layout Enumerate
7827 \begin_layout Enumerate
7832 \begin_layout Enumerate
7836 \begin_layout Enumerate
7841 \begin_layout Enumerate
7845 \begin_layout Standard
7846 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7847 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7850 \begin_inset space ~
7854 \begin_inset space ~
7862 \begin_inset space ~
7866 \begin_inset space ~
7875 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7876 will tell you how far you are nested).
7877 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7880 arg "depth-increment"
7886 arg "depth-decrement"
7889 or the convenient key bindings
7900 arg "depth-increment"
7906 arg "depth-decrement"
7909 to change the nesting level.
7910 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7911 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7916 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7917 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7918 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7919 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7922 \begin_layout Standard
7923 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7924 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7926 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7929 \begin_layout Subsection
7930 What You Can and Can't Nest
7933 \begin_layout Standard
7934 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7935 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7938 \begin_layout Standard
7939 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7940 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7941 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7944 \begin_layout Itemize
7945 Completely unnestable
7948 \begin_layout Itemize
7949 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7953 \begin_layout Itemize
7954 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7958 \begin_layout Standard
7959 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7960 environments have them:
7963 \begin_layout Description
7964 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7965 Can't nest into them.
7969 \begin_layout Itemize
7975 \begin_layout Itemize
7981 \begin_layout Itemize
7987 \begin_layout Itemize
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
8000 \begin_layout Description
8002 \begin_inset space ~
8005 Nestable You can nest them.
8006 You can nest other things into them.
8010 \begin_layout Itemize
8016 \begin_layout Itemize
8022 \begin_layout Itemize
8028 \begin_layout Itemize
8034 \begin_layout Itemize
8040 \begin_layout Itemize
8046 \begin_layout Itemize
8052 \begin_layout Itemize
8059 \begin_layout Description
8060 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8061 You can't nest anything into them.
8065 \begin_layout Itemize
8071 \begin_layout Itemize
8077 \begin_layout Itemize
8083 \begin_layout Itemize
8089 \begin_layout Itemize
8095 \begin_layout Itemize
8101 \begin_layout Itemize
8107 \begin_layout Itemize
8113 \begin_layout Itemize
8119 \begin_layout Itemize
8125 \begin_layout Itemize
8131 \begin_layout Itemize
8137 \begin_layout Itemize
8143 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_inset space ~
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8160 \begin_layout Standard
8161 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8169 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8178 \begin_inset space ~
8182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8186 \begin_inset space \space{}
8189 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8190 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8191 section headings violate this.
8199 \begin_layout Subsection
8200 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8201 \begin_inset Index idx
8204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8205 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8213 \begin_layout Standard
8214 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8215 affected by nesting anyhow.
8219 \begin_layout Itemize
8223 \begin_layout Itemize
8227 \begin_layout Itemize
8231 \begin_layout Standard
8233 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8241 Figures and tables in
8245 are not affected by this.
8250 Have a look at section
8251 \begin_inset space ~
8255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8257 reference "sec:Floats"
8261 for more information about
8268 \begin_layout Standard
8269 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8270 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8274 \begin_layout Standard
8275 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8283 of its own, it behaves just like a
8284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8291 paragraph environment.
8292 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8296 \begin_layout Standard
8297 Here's an example with a table:
8300 \begin_layout Enumerate
8305 \begin_layout Enumerate
8306 This is (a) and it's nested.
8310 \begin_layout Standard
8311 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8317 \begin_layout Standard
8319 \begin_inset Tabular
8320 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8321 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8322 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8323 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8407 \begin_layout Standard
8408 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8415 \begin_layout Enumerate
8417 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8421 \begin_layout Enumerate
8425 \begin_layout Standard
8426 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8434 \begin_layout Enumerate
8435 This is (a) and it's nested.
8439 \begin_layout Standard
8440 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8446 \begin_layout Standard
8448 \begin_inset Tabular
8449 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8450 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8536 \begin_layout Standard
8537 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8543 \begin_layout Enumerate
8550 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8553 \begin_layout Enumerate
8557 \begin_layout Standard
8558 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8562 \begin_layout Standard
8563 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8565 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8568 \begin_layout Enumerate
8573 \begin_layout Enumerate
8574 This is (a) and it's nested.
8577 \begin_layout Standard
8578 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8584 \begin_layout Standard
8586 \begin_inset Tabular
8587 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8588 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8589 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8590 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 \begin_layout Standard
8675 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8681 \begin_layout Enumerate
8683 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8691 \begin_layout Enumerate
8695 \begin_layout Standard
8696 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8702 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8703 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8707 \begin_layout Subsection
8708 Usage and General Features
8711 \begin_layout Standard
8712 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8721 is the innermost possible depth.
8722 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8725 \begin_layout Enumerate
8726 level #1 – outermost
8730 \begin_layout Enumerate
8735 \begin_layout Enumerate
8740 \begin_layout Enumerate
8745 \begin_layout Itemize
8750 \begin_layout Itemize
8759 \begin_layout Standard
8760 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8761 both of them in the example.
8762 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8772 For example, if we tried to nest another
8777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8784 , we would get errors.
8787 \begin_layout Subsection
8789 \begin_inset Index idx
8792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8801 \begin_layout Standard
8802 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8803 We have several examples of nested environments.
8804 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8809 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8812 \begin_layout Labeling
8813 \labelwidthstring MMM
8814 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8823 \begin_layout Labeling
8824 \labelwidthstring MMM
8825 #2-a This is level #2.
8826 We created it by using
8829 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8835 arg "depth-increment"
8842 \begin_layout Labeling
8843 \labelwidthstring MMM
8844 #3-a This is level #3.
8845 This time, we just hit
8852 arg "depth-increment"
8856 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8860 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8866 arg "depth-increment"
8873 \begin_layout Standard
8878 environment, nested inside of
8879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8883 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8887 So, it's at level #4.
8888 We did this by hitting
8891 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8897 arg "depth-increment"
8900 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8905 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8921 \begin_layout Standard
8926 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8929 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8935 \begin_layout Labeling
8936 \labelwidthstring MMM
8937 #4-a This is level #4.
8941 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8944 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8949 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8953 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8958 keep nesting things inside
8959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8970 \begin_layout Labeling
8971 \labelwidthstring MMM
8972 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8977 \begin_layout Labeling
8978 \labelwidthstring MMM
8979 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8980 and this is level #6.
8981 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8985 \begin_layout Labeling
8986 \labelwidthstring MMM
8987 #5-b Back to level #5.
8991 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8997 arg "depth-decrement"
9004 \begin_layout Labeling
9005 \labelwidthstring MMM
9009 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9015 arg "depth-decrement"
9018 , we're back at level #4.
9022 \begin_layout Labeling
9023 \labelwidthstring MMM
9024 #3-b Back to level #3.
9025 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9029 \begin_layout Labeling
9030 \labelwidthstring MMM
9031 #2-b Back to level #2.
9036 \begin_layout Labeling
9037 \labelwidthstring MMM
9038 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9039 After this sentence, we'll hit
9043 and change the paragraph environment back to
9050 \begin_layout Standard
9051 We could have also used the
9067 environment in place of the
9072 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9075 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9076 Example 2: Inheritance
9079 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9080 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9083 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9092 arg "depth-increment"
9095 , after which, we'll change to the
9103 \begin_layout Enumerate
9108 environment, at level #2.
9111 \begin_layout Enumerate
9112 Notice how the nested
9116 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9120 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9124 \begin_layout Standard
9125 We ended this example by hitting
9130 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9134 and reset the nesting depth by using
9137 arg "depth-decrement"
9143 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9144 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9153 \begin_inset Argument
9156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9157 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9165 \begin_layout Enumerate
9166 This is level #1, in an
9170 paragraph environment.
9171 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9175 \begin_layout Enumerate
9180 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9186 arg "depth-increment"
9190 Now, what happens if we nest an
9194 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9195 label be? An asterisk?
9199 \begin_layout Itemize
9209 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9210 So, its label is a bullet.
9211 (We got here by using
9214 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9220 arg "depth-increment"
9223 , then changing the environment to
9231 \begin_layout Itemize
9232 Here's level #4, produced using
9235 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9241 arg "depth-increment"
9245 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9250 \begin_layout Enumerate
9251 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9253 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9258 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9262 , because we are in the
9271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9290 \begin_layout Enumerate
9295 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9296 type of numbering does LyX use?
9299 \begin_layout Enumerate
9300 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9303 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9306 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9309 \begin_layout Enumerate
9313 arg "depth-decrement"
9316 to decrease the depth after the next
9319 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9326 \begin_layout Enumerate
9328 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9332 \begin_layout Enumerate
9334 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9335 numeral as the label.Why?
9338 \begin_layout Enumerate
9339 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9348 Notice, however, that LyX
9352 reset the counter for the label.
9356 \begin_layout Enumerate
9360 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9366 arg "depth-decrement"
9369 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9370 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9371 into the twofold-nested
9379 \begin_layout Enumerate
9380 The same thing happens if we do another
9383 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9389 arg "depth-decrement"
9392 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9395 \begin_layout Standard
9396 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9401 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9415 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9421 The same rule applies for the
9425 environment, as well.
9428 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9429 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9432 \begin_layout Enumerate
9433 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9434 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9435 same detail with how we did it.
9444 \begin_layout Standard
9452 arg "depth-increment"
9459 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9460 example in parentheses someplace.
9461 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9462 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9463 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9467 \begin_layout Enumerate
9472 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9477 Now we'll add verse.
9478 \begin_inset Newline newline
9481 It will get much worse.
9482 \begin_inset Newline newline
9492 arg "depth-increment"
9503 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9504 \begin_inset Newline newline
9507 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9508 \begin_inset Newline newline
9514 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9527 \begin_layout Standard
9528 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9534 \begin_layout Standard
9536 \begin_inset Tabular
9537 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9538 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9629 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9639 arg "depth-increment"
9645 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9655 arg "depth-decrement"
9662 \begin_layout Enumerate
9667 : level #1) This is another item.
9668 Note that selecting a
9672 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9673 3 times to put the table inside the
9681 \begin_layout Quotation
9682 We're now ending the
9686 list and changing to
9691 We're still at level #1.
9692 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9693 The next set of paragraphs is a
9694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9708 \begin_inset space ~
9713 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9717 for the letter body.
9721 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9724 to preserve the depth.
9725 Remember that you need to use
9728 arg "newline-insert newline"
9731 to create multiple lines inside the
9738 \begin_inset space ~
9748 \begin_layout Right Address
9750 \begin_inset Newline newline
9753 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9754 \begin_inset Newline newline
9760 \begin_layout Address
9762 \begin_inset space ~
9768 \begin_layout Quotation
9769 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9773 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9774 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9775 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9776 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9777 as soon as possible.
9778 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9781 \begin_layout Quotation
9782 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9783 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9784 with your order, along with payment.
9787 \begin_layout Quotation
9788 We thank you again for your patience.
9791 \begin_layout Address
9793 \begin_inset Newline newline
9800 \begin_layout Quotation
9801 That ends that example!
9804 \begin_layout Standard
9805 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9806 just a few keystrokes.
9807 We could have easily nested an
9828 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9831 \begin_layout Section
9832 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9833 \begin_inset Index idx
9836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9846 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9847 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9848 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9849 be broken at the end of a line.
9850 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9854 \begin_layout Subsection
9856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9858 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9863 \begin_inset Index idx
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9875 \begin_layout Standard
9876 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9878 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9882 Further documentation is given in section
9883 \begin_inset Newline newline
9887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9889 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9897 \begin_layout Standard
9898 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9913 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9922 A protected space is set with
9924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9925 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9939 arg "space-insert protected"
9945 \begin_layout Subsection
9947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9949 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9954 \begin_inset Index idx
9957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9958 Spacing ! Horizontal
9966 \begin_layout Standard
9967 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9970 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9974 The length units are listed in Appendix
9975 \begin_inset space ~
9979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9981 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9988 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9992 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9997 \begin_inset Index idx
10000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10001 Spaces ! Inter-word
10009 \begin_layout Standard
10011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10015 \begin_inset space \space{}
10018 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10019 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10020 \begin_inset space ~
10024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10026 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10031 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10032 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10035 arg "space-insert normal"
10041 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10043 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10045 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10050 \begin_inset Index idx
10053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10062 \begin_layout Standard
10064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10071 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10072 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10076 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10080 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10081 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10082 inside abbreviations:
10085 \begin_layout Quote
10087 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10091 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10094 \begin_layout Standard
10095 or between values and units.
10096 Compare for example this:
10097 \begin_inset Newline newline
10101 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10105 \begin_inset Newline newline
10108 10 kg (normal space
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10112 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10114 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10115 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10117 \begin_inset space ~
10125 arg "space-insert thin"
10131 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10133 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10135 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10142 \begin_layout Standard
10143 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10146 \begin_layout Description
10148 \begin_inset space ~
10152 \begin_inset space ~
10155 space A line with a
10156 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10160 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10164 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10167 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10180 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10184 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10188 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10192 \begin_inset space ~
10196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10199 em) space between the arrows.
10202 \begin_layout Description
10204 \begin_inset space ~
10208 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10212 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10216 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10220 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10224 \begin_inset space ~
10228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10231 em) space between the arrows.
10234 \begin_layout Description
10236 \begin_inset space ~
10240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10244 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10248 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10252 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10256 \begin_inset space ~
10260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10263 em) space between the arrows.
10266 \begin_layout Description
10268 \begin_inset space ~
10272 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10276 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10281 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10288 cm space between the arrows.
10291 \begin_layout Standard
10293 \begin_inset space ~
10297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10299 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10303 lists the different space sizes.
10306 \begin_layout Standard
10307 \begin_inset Float table
10312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10314 \begin_inset Caption
10316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10319 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10323 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10333 \begin_inset Tabular
10334 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10335 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10337 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10449 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10492 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10560 \begin_inset Index idx
10563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10572 \begin_layout Standard
10573 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10574 in a uniform fashion.
10575 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10576 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10577 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10578 equally between themselves.
10582 \begin_layout Standard
10583 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
10586 \begin_layout Quote
10588 This is on the left side
10589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10592 This is on the right
10595 \begin_layout Quote
10598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10602 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10608 \begin_layout Quote
10611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10615 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10625 \begin_layout Standard
10626 That was an example in the
10632 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10640 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10643 is one in a standard paragraph.
10644 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10648 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10651 \begin_layout Standard
10652 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10655 \begin_inset space ~
10660 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10665 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10669 \begin_inset space ~
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10677 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10687 \begin_layout Standard
10689 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10693 \begin_inset space ~
10699 \begin_layout Standard
10701 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10705 \begin_inset space ~
10711 \begin_layout Standard
10713 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10717 \begin_inset space ~
10723 \begin_layout Standard
10725 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10729 \begin_inset space ~
10735 \begin_layout Standard
10736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10744 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10748 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10749 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10750 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10754 option in the space dialog.
10762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10766 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10771 \begin_inset Index idx
10774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10783 \begin_layout Standard
10784 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10790 \begin_inset space \space{}
10793 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10800 What is correct English?:
10801 \begin_inset Newline newline
10805 \begin_inset Newline newline
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10812 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10813 \begin_inset Newline newline
10817 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10828 \begin_inset Newline newline
10832 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10843 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10849 \begin_layout Standard
10850 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10855 \begin_inset space ~
10859 \begin_inset space ~
10863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10867 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10870 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10874 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10880 \begin_inset space ~
10884 \begin_inset space ~
10888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10891 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10900 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10901 That is why it is named
10902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10910 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10911 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10915 \begin_layout Subsection
10917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10919 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10924 \begin_inset Index idx
10927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10936 \begin_layout Standard
10937 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10940 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10942 \begin_inset space ~
10948 There you find the following sizes:
10951 \begin_layout Standard
10964 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10969 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10975 \begin_inset Index idx
10978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10979 Document ! Settings
10984 for the paragraph separation.
10985 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10996 \begin_layout Standard
11002 \begin_inset Index idx
11005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11011 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11012 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11014 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11015 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11024 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11033 s are described in section
11034 \begin_inset space ~
11038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11040 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11049 If there are several
11053 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11054 You can therefore use
11058 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11061 \begin_layout Standard
11066 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11067 \begin_inset space ~
11071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11073 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11080 \begin_layout Standard
11081 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11091 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11092 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11104 \begin_layout Subsection
11105 Paragraph Alignment
11108 \begin_layout Standard
11109 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11115 There are five possibilities:
11118 \begin_layout Itemize
11126 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11132 \begin_layout Itemize
11140 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11146 \begin_layout Itemize
11154 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11160 \begin_layout Itemize
11168 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11174 \begin_layout Itemize
11182 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11188 \begin_layout Standard
11189 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11190 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11191 the left and right margins.
11192 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11195 \begin_layout Standard
11197 This paragraph is right aligned,
11200 \begin_layout Standard
11202 this one is centered,
11205 \begin_layout Standard
11207 this one is left aligned.
11210 \begin_layout Subsection
11212 \begin_inset Index idx
11215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11216 Page breaks ! Forced
11222 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11224 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11231 \begin_layout Standard
11232 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11233 can force a page break where you want one.
11234 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11235 Only if you use a lot of
11239 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11242 \begin_layout Standard
11243 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11244 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11248 have to change the page breaking.
11251 \begin_layout Standard
11252 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11254 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11256 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11257 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11259 \begin_inset space ~
11265 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11267 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11268 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11270 \begin_inset space ~
11275 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11277 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11278 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11282 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11283 at the top of a page.
11284 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11285 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11286 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11287 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11291 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
11295 to learn more about
11302 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11304 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11306 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11311 \begin_inset Index idx
11314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11315 Page breaks ! Clear
11323 \begin_layout Standard
11324 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11325 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11326 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11327 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11328 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11331 \begin_layout Standard
11332 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11335 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11337 \begin_inset space ~
11343 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11346 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11348 \begin_inset space ~
11352 \begin_inset space ~
11357 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11358 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11361 \begin_layout Subsection
11363 \begin_inset Index idx
11366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11375 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11382 \begin_layout Standard
11383 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11385 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11388 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11390 \begin_inset space ~
11394 \begin_inset space ~
11402 arg "newline-insert newline"
11406 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11409 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11411 \begin_inset space ~
11415 \begin_inset space ~
11420 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11422 This is necessary to avoid
11423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11430 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11433 \begin_layout Standard
11434 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11435 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11436 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11437 set a line break, e.
11438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11442 \begin_inset space \space{}
11445 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11452 reference "sec:Quote"
11457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11459 reference "sec:Verse"
11464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11466 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11473 \begin_layout Subsection
11475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11477 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11482 \begin_inset Index idx
11485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11494 \begin_layout Standard
11496 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11507 \begin_layout Standard
11510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11511 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11513 \begin_inset space ~
11518 you can insert horizontal lines.
11519 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11520 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11521 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11524 \begin_layout Standard
11526 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11537 \begin_layout Section
11538 Characters and Symbols
11541 \begin_layout Standard
11542 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11543 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11548 \begin_inset space \space{}
11551 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11553 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11559 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11563 for information on how this is done.
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11567 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11572 dialog via the menu
11574 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11575 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11581 \begin_layout Standard
11582 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11590 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11591 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11592 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11600 \begin_layout Section
11601 Fonts and Text Styles
11602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11604 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11611 \begin_layout Subsection
11613 \begin_inset Index idx
11616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11625 \begin_layout Standard
11626 There are two types of fonts:
11629 \begin_layout Description
11631 \begin_inset space ~
11635 \begin_inset Index idx
11638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11644 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11649 characters) in the font.
11650 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11651 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11652 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11653 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11654 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11655 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11656 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11657 \begin_inset Newline newline
11660 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11661 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11662 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11663 sizes than at small ones.
11664 \begin_inset Newline newline
11678 \begin_inset space ~
11686 \begin_layout Description
11688 \begin_inset space ~
11692 \begin_inset Index idx
11695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11701 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11702 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11703 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11704 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11705 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11706 picture manipulation program.
11707 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11708 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11709 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11710 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11711 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11713 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11714 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11715 \begin_inset Newline newline
11718 Bitmap fonts are named
11721 \begin_inset space ~
11726 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11729 \begin_layout Standard
11730 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11731 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11732 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11733 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11734 use scalable fonts.
11737 \begin_layout Standard
11738 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11739 its document properties.
11742 \begin_layout Standard
11743 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11744 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11745 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11746 font to emphasize text, you use an
11747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11755 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11756 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11760 \begin_layout Subsection
11762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11764 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11771 \begin_layout Standard
11772 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11773 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11774 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11776 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11777 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11778 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11779 to usual word processors.
11780 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11781 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11782 across different machines.
11783 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11784 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11786 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11788 \begin_inset space ~
11792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11794 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11799 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11800 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11804 \begin_layout Standard
11805 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11806 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11807 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11808 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11809 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11810 that is installed on your system.
11811 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11814 \begin_layout Standard
11815 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11823 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11824 es; so you might have to experiment.
11832 \begin_layout Standard
11833 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11841 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11842 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11850 \begin_layout Subsection
11851 Document Font and Font size
11852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11854 name "sub:Document-Font"
11859 \begin_inset Index idx
11862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11869 \begin_inset Index idx
11872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11881 \begin_layout Standard
11882 You can set the document fonts in the
11884 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11888 \begin_inset Index idx
11891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 Document ! Settings
11902 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11903 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11906 \begin_inset space ~
11915 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11916 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11920 \begin_layout Standard
11927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11936 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11937 This requires that you use
11943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11982 as output format, i.
11983 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11987 \begin_inset space ~
11990 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11991 \begin_inset space ~
11995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11997 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12002 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
12004 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
12006 \begin_inset space ~
12009 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12010 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12011 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12013 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12016 \begin_layout Standard
12017 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12022 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12027 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12028 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12035 \begin_inset space ~
12041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12054 European Computer Modern
12057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12064 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12067 \begin_layout Standard
12076 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12077 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12082 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12085 \begin_inset space ~
12090 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12096 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12097 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12100 \begin_layout Itemize
12104 \begin_inset space ~
12109 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12127 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12131 as the default font.
12132 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12133 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12136 \begin_inset space ~
12149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12150 One difference is improved kerning.
12158 \begin_layout Itemize
12162 \begin_inset space ~
12166 \begin_inset space ~
12171 fonts in (the rare) case that
12174 \begin_inset space ~
12179 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12194 Virtual means that it
12195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12206 -glyphs from other fonts.
12207 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12229 Loading the LaTeX-package
12234 \begin_inset Index idx
12237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12238 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12243 with the document preamble line
12244 \begin_inset Newline newline
12251 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12252 \begin_inset Newline newline
12257 will fix the guillemet problem.
12262 and that accented characters are not
12266 glyph, but build of
12270 characters, the accent and the letter.
12271 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12277 If you search for example for the French word
12278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12285 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
12287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12294 and not for the glyph
12295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12299 \begin_inset space ~
12303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12309 \begin_layout Itemize
12310 If you do not like the look of
12318 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12323 \begin_inset space ~
12329 \begin_inset space ~
12339 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12340 \begin_inset space ~
12343 serif and typewriter fonts
12347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12348 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12349 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12355 \begin_inset space ~
12364 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12369 \begin_inset space \space{}
12377 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12381 \begin_inset space \space{}
12387 \begin_inset space ~
12395 \begin_inset space ~
12405 , but you can also select your own.
12406 \begin_inset Newline newline
12409 The differences between roman,
12412 \begin_inset space ~
12421 fonts are explained in section
12422 \begin_inset space ~
12426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12428 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12433 \begin_inset Newline newline
12439 \begin_inset space ~
12444 was originally designed for newspapers.
12445 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
12446 into the small newspaper columns.
12450 \begin_inset space ~
12455 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12458 \begin_layout Standard
12459 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12472 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12477 depends on the class you are using.
12478 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12481 \begin_layout Standard
12482 Note that the font size is the
12487 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12488 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12489 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12492 \begin_inset space ~
12498 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12499 \begin_inset space ~
12503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12505 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12512 \begin_layout Standard
12517 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12519 \begin_inset space ~
12522 serif or typewriter.
12527 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12537 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12540 \begin_layout Standard
12549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12558 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12564 \begin_inset space ~
12568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12570 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12575 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12576 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12583 \begin_layout Standard
12584 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12586 Use Old Style Figures
12590 Use True Small Caps
12593 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12596 Use Old Style Figures
12598 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
12600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12604 \begin_inset space ~
12607 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
12610 Use True Small Caps
12612 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12613 of scaled capitals.
12614 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12615 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12618 \begin_layout Standard
12623 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12624 a font to display the script characters.
12628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12629 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12634 So this has no effect for the document language
12650 \begin_layout Standard
12651 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12655 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12663 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12667 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12668 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12669 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12671 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12674 dialog, see section
12675 \begin_inset space ~
12679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12681 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12693 \begin_layout Subsection
12694 Using Different Character Styles
12695 \begin_inset Index idx
12698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12705 \begin_inset Index idx
12708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12718 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12719 certain paragraph environments.
12720 LyX supports two character styles,
12729 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12733 \begin_layout Standard
12738 style, do one of the following:
12741 \begin_layout Itemize
12742 click on the toolbar button
12751 \begin_layout Itemize
12752 use the key binding
12761 \begin_layout Standard
12762 These commands are all toggles.
12767 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12770 \begin_layout Standard
12771 One typically uses the
12775 style for proper names.
12777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12784 is the original author of LyX.
12785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12791 \begin_layout Standard
12792 A more widely used character style is the
12797 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12804 \begin_layout Itemize
12805 clicking on the toolbar button
12814 \begin_layout Itemize
12815 using the keybindings
12824 \begin_layout Standard
12829 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12830 es use a different font.
12833 \begin_layout Standard
12834 We've been using the
12838 style all over the place in this document.
12839 Here's one more example:
12842 \begin_layout Quotation
12845 Don't overuse character styles!
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12850 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12851 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12852 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12856 \begin_layout Standard
12857 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12865 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12867 \begin_inset space ~
12875 \begin_layout Subsection
12876 Fine-Tuning with the
12881 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12883 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12888 \begin_inset Index idx
12891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12900 \begin_layout Standard
12901 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12902 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12903 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12904 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12905 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12906 from ordinary dialog.
12909 \begin_layout Standard
12910 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12911 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12912 \begin_inset Newline newline
12915 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12916 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 To use custom character styles, open the
12922 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12924 \begin_inset space ~
12927 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12931 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12932 font property which you can choose.
12933 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12936 \begin_inset space ~
12941 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12946 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12947 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12948 environments in a snap.
12951 \begin_layout Standard
12952 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12955 \begin_inset space ~
12967 \begin_layout Labeling
12968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12982 The possible options are:
12986 \begin_layout Labeling
12987 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12992 This is the Roman font family.
12993 Normally a serif font.
12994 It's also the default family.
13004 \begin_layout Labeling
13005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13009 \begin_inset space ~
13016 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13028 \begin_layout Labeling
13029 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13036 This is the Typewriter font family.
13042 arg "font-typewriter"
13051 \begin_layout Labeling
13052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13057 This corresponds to the print weight.
13062 \begin_layout Labeling
13063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13068 This is the Medium font series.
13069 It's also the default series.
13072 \begin_layout Labeling
13073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13080 This is the Bold font series.
13093 \begin_layout Labeling
13094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13099 As the name implies.
13104 \begin_layout Labeling
13105 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13110 This is the Upright font shape.
13111 It's also the default shape.
13114 \begin_layout Labeling
13115 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13129 s the Italic font shape
13135 \begin_layout Labeling
13136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13143 This is the Slanted font shape
13145 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13148 \begin_layout Labeling
13149 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13153 \begin_inset space ~
13160 This is the Small caps font shape
13167 \begin_layout Labeling
13168 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13173 Alters the size of the font.
13174 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
13175 nal to the document font size.
13176 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13177 what you want to do.
13182 \begin_layout Labeling
13183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13204 arg "font-size tiny"
13210 \begin_layout Labeling
13211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13232 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13238 \begin_layout Labeling
13239 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13260 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13266 \begin_layout Labeling
13267 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13288 arg "font-size small"
13294 \begin_layout Labeling
13295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13309 It's also the default size.
13313 arg "font-size normal"
13319 \begin_layout Labeling
13320 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13341 arg "font-size large"
13347 \begin_layout Labeling
13348 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13369 arg "font-size larger"
13375 \begin_layout Labeling
13376 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13397 arg "font-size largest"
13403 \begin_layout Labeling
13404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13425 arg "font-size huge"
13431 \begin_layout Labeling
13432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13453 arg "font-size giant"
13459 \begin_layout Labeling
13460 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13465 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13485 arg "font-size increase"
13491 \begin_layout Labeling
13492 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13497 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13517 arg "font-size decrease"
13524 \begin_layout Standard
13529 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13530 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13531 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13532 — use that instead.
13533 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13536 \begin_layout Labeling
13537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13542 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13547 \begin_layout Labeling
13548 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13555 This is text with emphasize on
13558 This might seem like the same as
13562 , but it is actually a bit different.
13568 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13570 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13573 \begin_layout Labeling
13574 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13581 This is text with Underbar on.
13587 arg "font-underline"
13593 \begin_inset Newline newline
13598 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
13599 when you couldn't change fonts.
13600 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13601 It's only included in LyX because some people
13605 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13608 \begin_layout Labeling
13609 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13613 \begin_inset space ~
13620 This is text with Double underbar on.
13626 arg "font-underunderline"
13630 \begin_inset Newline newline
13633 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13634 about double underbar.
13637 \begin_layout Labeling
13638 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13642 \begin_inset space ~
13649 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13655 arg "font-underwave"
13659 \begin_inset Newline newline
13662 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13663 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13666 \begin_layout Labeling
13667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13674 This is text with Strikeout on.
13680 arg "font-strikeout"
13683 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
13687 \begin_layout Labeling
13688 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13695 This is text with Noun on.
13702 , this is a logical attribute.
13703 Normally it's equivalent to
13706 \begin_inset space ~
13715 \begin_layout Labeling
13716 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13721 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13722 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13726 \begin_inset space ~
13731 , which is the default
13732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13739 and means normally black, you can choose between
13772 \begin_inset Index idx
13775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13784 \begin_layout Labeling
13785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13790 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13791 the language of the document.
13792 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13796 \begin_layout Standard
13797 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13798 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13800 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13802 \begin_inset space ~
13807 dialog, the settings are saved.
13808 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13811 arg "textstyle-apply"
13815 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13820 \begin_layout Standard
13821 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13828 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13829 (suppose you just set the shape to
13830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13848 \begin_inset space ~
13860 \begin_layout Standard
13861 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13869 \begin_inset space ~
13881 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13894 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13912 \begin_inset Newline newline
13916 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13930 \begin_inset Note Note
13933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13934 For more on phantoms see section
13935 \begin_inset space ~
13939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13941 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13951 \begin_inset Newline newline
13957 \begin_layout Itemize
13962 fonts use characters with serifs.
13963 These are the small
13964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13971 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13972 The following example will show the difference:
13973 \begin_inset Newline newline
13977 \begin_inset Newline newline
13982 text without serifs
13985 \begin_inset Newline newline
13988 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13989 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13996 \begin_layout Itemize
14002 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
14003 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14006 \begin_layout Standard
14007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14014 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14015 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14016 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14018 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
14019 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
14020 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
14022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14037 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14038 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14046 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14055 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
14105 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14108 \begin_layout Section
14109 Printing and Previewing
14112 \begin_layout Subsection
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14118 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14119 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14120 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14121 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14123 Additional Features
14128 \begin_layout Standard
14129 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14130 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14131 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
14132 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14133 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14134 This happens in two stages:
14137 \begin_layout Enumerate
14138 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14139 generating a file with the extension,
14140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 \begin_layout Enumerate
14155 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
14159 file to produce printable output.
14163 \begin_layout Subsection
14164 Output file formats
14165 \begin_inset Index idx
14168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14177 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14184 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14185 Simple text (ASCII)
14186 \begin_inset Index idx
14189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14190 File formats ! ASCII
14198 \begin_layout Standard
14199 This file type has the extension
14200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14212 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14216 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14223 \begin_layout Standard
14224 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
14226 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14227 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14229 \begin_inset space ~
14236 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14237 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14239 \begin_inset space ~
14243 \begin_inset space ~
14249 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14255 \begin_inset Index idx
14258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14259 File formats ! LaTeX
14267 \begin_layout Standard
14268 This file type has the extension
14269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14280 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14282 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14283 it manually with console commands.
14284 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14285 you view or export your document.
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14289 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
14291 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14292 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14309 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14311 \begin_inset Index idx
14314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14323 \begin_layout Standard
14324 This file type has the extension
14325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14345 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14346 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14347 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14351 \begin_layout Standard
14352 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
14353 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14354 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14355 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14357 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14363 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14364 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14369 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14370 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14372 \begin_inset space ~
14379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14389 The latter option uses the program
14398 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14399 font access (see section
14400 \begin_inset space ~
14404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14406 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14411 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14415 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14417 \begin_inset Index idx
14420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14421 File formats ! PostScript
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 This file type has the extension
14431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14443 PostScript was developed by the company
14447 as a printer language.
14448 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
14450 PostScript can be seen as a
14451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14454 programming language
14455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14458 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14463 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14469 \begin_inset Index idx
14472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14483 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14486 \begin_layout Standard
14487 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14491 Encapsulated PostScript
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14495 (EPS, file extension
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14508 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14509 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14514 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14515 \begin_inset space ~
14518 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
14519 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
14520 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14521 EPS to avoid this problem.
14524 \begin_layout Standard
14525 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14527 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14528 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14536 \begin_inset Index idx
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14546 \begin_inset Index idx
14549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14558 \begin_layout Standard
14559 This file type has the extension
14560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14576 Portable Document Format
14577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14584 was derived from PostScript.
14585 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14594 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14595 looks exactly the same.
14598 \begin_layout Standard
14599 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14603 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14607 (JPG, file extension
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14635 Portable Network Graphics
14636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14639 (PNG, file extension
14640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14652 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
14653 in the background to one of these formats.
14654 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14655 will slow down your workflow.
14656 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14659 \begin_layout Standard
14660 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14662 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14665 in three different ways:
14668 \begin_layout Description
14669 PDF This uses the program
14673 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14674 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14678 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14679 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14682 \begin_layout Description
14684 \begin_inset space ~
14687 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14691 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14695 \begin_layout Description
14697 \begin_inset space ~
14700 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14704 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14707 \begin_layout Description
14709 \begin_inset space ~
14716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14723 X) This uses the program
14727 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14732 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14733 font access (see section
14734 \begin_inset space ~
14738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14740 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14745 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
14748 \begin_layout Description
14750 \begin_inset space ~
14757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14764 X) This uses the program
14768 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14773 is an even newer engine, derived from
14777 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14778 access (see section
14779 \begin_inset space ~
14783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14785 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14790 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
14794 \begin_layout Standard
14795 We recommend to use
14798 \begin_inset space ~
14807 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14808 works without problems.
14809 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14810 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14814 \begin_inset space ~
14821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14833 \begin_inset space ~
14840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14849 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14857 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14859 \begin_inset Index idx
14862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14863 FileFormats ! XHTML
14869 \begin_inset Index idx
14872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14881 \begin_layout Standard
14882 This file type has the extension
14883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14891 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14895 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14896 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14897 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14898 suitable for the purpose.
14899 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14900 it, but not all do.
14903 \begin_layout Standard
14904 XHTML output remains
14905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14912 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14917 LyX and the World Wide Web
14918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14923 Additional Features
14925 manual, for more information.
14928 \begin_layout Standard
14929 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14931 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14932 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14938 \begin_layout Subsection
14940 \begin_inset Index idx
14943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14953 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14954 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14963 or the toolbar button
14970 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14971 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14972 \begin_inset space ~
14976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14978 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14982 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14984 \begin_inset space ~
14988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14990 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14995 Further output formats can be selected via
14997 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15000 or the toolbar button
15001 \begin_inset Graphics
15002 filename ../images/view-others.png
15004 groupId toolbarbuttons
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15012 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15013 viewer window using the menu
15015 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15020 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15021 Update (Other Formats)
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15027 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15029 To have a real output, export your document.
15032 \begin_layout Subsection
15033 Printing the File from within LyX
15034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15036 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15043 \begin_layout Standard
15044 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15045 it directly from within LyX.
15046 To print a file, select the menu
15048 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15051 or click on the toolbar button
15054 arg "dialog-show print"
15058 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15059 This file is then processed by the program
15063 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15068 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15073 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15074 printing one set to print on the other side.
15075 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15076 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15077 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15080 \begin_layout Standard
15081 You can set the parameters in the
15084 \begin_inset space ~
15092 \begin_layout Labeling
15093 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15098 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15103 Note that this printer name is for the program
15112 has to be configured for this printer name.
15113 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15114 \begin_inset space ~
15118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15120 reference "sub:Printer"
15129 The printer should understand PostScript.
15132 \begin_layout Labeling
15133 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15138 The name of a file to print to.
15139 The output will be a PostScript file.
15140 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15144 \begin_layout Section
15145 A few Words about Typography
15146 \begin_inset Index idx
15149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15158 \begin_layout Subsection
15160 \begin_inset Index idx
15163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15172 \begin_layout Standard
15174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15185 character comes in four lengths: the
15197 , and the minus sign:
15198 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15204 \begin_layout Standard
15205 \begin_inset Tabular
15206 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15207 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15208 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15209 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15210 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15211 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15240 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15280 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15307 \begin_inset space ~
15310 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15317 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15344 \begin_inset space ~
15347 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15368 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15402 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15408 \begin_layout Standard
15409 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15421 character multiple times in a row.
15422 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15423 the final output, but not in LyX.
15425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15455 \begin_layout Standard
15456 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15457 math mode and has a length of its own.
15458 Here are some examples of the
15459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15473 \begin_layout Enumerate
15474 line- and page-breaks
15475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15485 \begin_layout Enumerate
15487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15497 \begin_layout Enumerate
15498 Oh — there's a dash.
15499 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15509 \begin_layout Enumerate
15510 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15514 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15524 \begin_layout Subsection
15526 \begin_inset Index idx
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15538 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15545 \begin_layout Standard
15546 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15547 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15552 \begin_inset Index idx
15555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15556 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15561 following the rules of the document language.
15564 \begin_layout Standard
15565 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15570 font and with unusual constructs, like
15571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15579 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15581 This is done with the menu
15583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15584 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15586 \begin_inset space ~
15592 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15593 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15596 \begin_layout Standard
15597 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15598 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15604 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15608 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15616 as a hyphenation possibility.
15617 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15618 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15619 as described in section
15620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15623 Prevent Hyphenation
15624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15630 \begin_inset space ~
15638 \begin_layout Subsection
15640 \begin_inset Index idx
15643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15653 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15656 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15663 \begin_layout Standard
15664 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15665 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15666 LaTeX then adds the
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15670 appropriate amount of space
15671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15675 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15677 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
15680 \begin_layout Standard
15681 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15682 not work in all cases.
15684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15695 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15696 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15699 \begin_layout Standard
15700 Here are some examples of
15704 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
15707 \begin_layout Itemize
15712 \begin_layout Itemize
15717 \begin_layout Standard
15718 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15721 \begin_layout Itemize
15723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15727 this is too much space!
15730 \begin_layout Itemize
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15736 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15739 \begin_layout Standard
15740 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15743 \begin_layout Enumerate
15747 \begin_inset space ~
15752 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15753 \begin_inset space ~
15757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15759 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15764 \begin_inset Index idx
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15768 Spaces ! inter-word
15776 \begin_layout Enumerate
15780 \begin_inset space ~
15785 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15786 \begin_inset space ~
15790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15792 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15797 \begin_inset Index idx
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15809 \begin_layout Enumerate
15813 \begin_inset space ~
15817 \begin_inset space ~
15821 \begin_inset space ~
15828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15830 \begin_inset space ~
15835 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15836 This function is also bound to
15839 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15845 \begin_layout Standard
15846 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15849 \begin_layout Itemize
15851 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15855 \begin_inset space \space{}
15858 this is too much space!
15861 \begin_layout Itemize
15862 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15866 \begin_layout Standard
15867 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15868 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15869 will take care of this.
15872 \begin_layout Standard
15873 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15877 \begin_inset space ~
15882 feature described in section
15888 Additional Features
15893 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15895 \begin_inset Index idx
15898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15899 Typography ! Quotes
15905 \begin_inset Index idx
15908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15939 \begin_layout Standard
15940 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15941 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15942 and use a closing quote at the end.
15944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15952 The keyboard character,
15956 , generates this automatically.
15959 \begin_layout Standard
15960 You can change the behavior of the
15964 key using the submenu
15970 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15974 \begin_inset Index idx
15977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15978 Document ! Settings
15986 \begin_layout Standard
15987 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15992 There are six choices:
15995 \begin_layout Labeling
15996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16008 Use quotes like this
16009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16017 \begin_inset Quotes els
16021 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16027 \begin_layout Labeling
16028 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16031 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16035 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16041 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16045 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16049 \begin_inset Quotes ers
16055 \begin_layout Labeling
16056 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16059 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16063 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16069 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16073 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16077 \begin_inset Quotes gls
16081 \begin_inset Quotes grs
16087 \begin_layout Labeling
16088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16091 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16095 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16101 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16105 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16109 \begin_inset Quotes pls
16113 \begin_inset Quotes prs
16119 \begin_layout Labeling
16120 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16123 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16127 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16133 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16137 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16141 \begin_inset Quotes fls
16145 \begin_inset Quotes frs
16151 \begin_layout Labeling
16152 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16155 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16159 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16165 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16169 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16173 \begin_inset Quotes als
16177 \begin_inset Quotes ars
16183 \begin_layout Standard
16184 These settings affect what character the
16191 \begin_layout Subsection
16193 \begin_inset Index idx
16196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 Typography ! Ligatures
16203 \begin_inset Index idx
16206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16235 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16237 name "sub:Ligatures"
16244 \begin_layout Standard
16245 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16246 print them as single characters.
16247 These groups are known as
16252 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16254 Here are the standard ligatures:
16257 \begin_layout Itemize
16261 \begin_layout Itemize
16265 \begin_layout Itemize
16269 \begin_layout Itemize
16273 \begin_layout Itemize
16277 \begin_layout Standard
16278 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16283 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16291 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16307 To break a ligature, use
16309 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16310 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16312 \begin_inset space ~
16319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16330 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16347 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16355 \begin_layout Subsection
16357 \begin_inset Index idx
16360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16369 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16376 \begin_layout Standard
16377 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16378 characters in different sizes and heights.
16379 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16380 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16400 \begin_inset Note Note
16403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16404 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16412 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16413 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16418 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16422 \begin_layout Description
16423 LyX The name of the game, write
16424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16445 \begin_layout Description
16446 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16468 \begin_layout Description
16469 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16491 \begin_layout Description
16492 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16514 \begin_layout Standard
16515 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16520 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16528 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16529 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16530 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16533 : The actual version is
16534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16541 , the previous one was
16542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16552 \begin_layout Standard
16553 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16558 \begin_inset space \space{}
16561 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16563 This will look in LyX like:
16564 \begin_inset Graphics
16565 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16571 \begin_inset Newline newline
16574 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16575 \begin_inset space ~
16579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16581 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16588 \begin_layout Subsection
16590 \begin_inset Index idx
16593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16602 \begin_layout Standard
16603 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16604 space between two words.
16605 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16615 for units use the menu
16617 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16618 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16620 \begin_inset space ~
16628 arg "space-insert thin"
16634 \begin_layout Standard
16635 Here is an example to show the differences:
16638 \begin_layout Standard
16639 \begin_inset Tabular
16640 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16641 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16642 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16643 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16650 \begin_inset space ~
16654 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16666 space between number and unit
16673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16678 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16682 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16694 half space between number and unit
16707 \begin_layout Subsection
16709 \begin_inset Index idx
16712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16713 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16721 \begin_layout Standard
16722 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16724 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16725 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16726 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16727 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16728 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16729 These bits of text became known as
16740 \begin_layout Standard
16741 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16742 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16743 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16744 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16745 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16746 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16747 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16750 \begin_layout Standard
16751 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16752 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16753 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16754 \begin_inset space ~
16758 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16760 key "latexcompanion"
16765 \begin_inset space ~
16769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16775 ) may have more information.
16776 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16779 \begin_layout Chapter
16780 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16783 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16790 \begin_layout Standard
16791 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16794 \begin_inset space ~
16800 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16803 \begin_layout Section
16805 \begin_inset Index idx
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16824 \begin_layout Standard
16825 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16828 \begin_layout Description
16830 \begin_inset space ~
16833 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16834 \begin_inset Newline newline
16838 \begin_inset Note Note
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16842 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16850 \begin_layout Description
16851 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16852 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16854 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16855 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16856 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16859 \begin_inset Newline newline
16863 \begin_inset Note Comment
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16867 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16875 \begin_layout Description
16877 \begin_inset space ~
16880 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16881 \begin_inset Newline newline
16885 \begin_inset Newline newline
16889 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16898 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16899 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16900 How this can be done is explained in the
16903 \begin_inset space ~
16913 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16919 \begin_inset Newline newline
16923 \begin_inset Newline newline
16926 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16927 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16930 \begin_layout Standard
16931 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16943 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16946 \begin_layout Section
16948 \begin_inset Index idx
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16960 name "sec:Footnotes"
16967 \begin_layout Standard
16968 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16974 or the toolbar button
16977 arg "footnote-insert"
16989 \begin_inset Graphics
16990 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16999 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17028 label, the box will
17032 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17033 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17046 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
17062 \begin_layout Standard
17063 Here's an example footnote:
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17080 \begin_layout Standard
17081 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17082 position where the footnote box is placed.
17083 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17084 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
17085 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
17086 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
17087 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
17092 ey are described in the
17095 \begin_inset space ~
17103 \begin_layout Section
17105 \begin_inset Index idx
17108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17117 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17124 \begin_layout Standard
17125 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17126 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17130 \begin_inset space ~
17135 or the toolbar button
17138 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17164 appearing within your text.
17165 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17174 \begin_layout Standard
17175 At the side is an example marginal note.
17179 \begin_inset Marginal
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 This is a marginal note.
17191 \begin_layout Standard
17192 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17193 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17194 pages, right on odd pages.
17197 \begin_layout Section
17198 Graphics and Images
17199 \begin_inset Index idx
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17209 \begin_inset Index idx
17212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17219 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17221 name "sec:Graphics"
17228 \begin_layout Standard
17229 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17230 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17233 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17242 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17245 \begin_layout Standard
17246 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17251 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17252 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17254 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17255 \begin_inset space ~
17259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17261 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17268 \begin_layout Standard
17273 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17274 of the image in the output.
17275 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17279 \begin_inset space ~
17283 \begin_inset space ~
17292 \begin_inset space ~
17296 \begin_inset space ~
17300 \begin_inset space ~
17305 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17306 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17317 LaTeX and LyX options
17319 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17320 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17324 \begin_inset space ~
17329 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17330 with the image size is printed.
17334 \begin_inset space ~
17338 \begin_inset space ~
17342 \begin_inset space ~
17347 is explained in the
17350 \begin_inset space ~
17362 \begin_layout Standard
17363 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17364 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17366 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17370 \begin_layout Standard
17372 \begin_inset Graphics
17373 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17381 \begin_layout Standard
17382 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
17383 the image into a float, see section
17384 \begin_inset space ~
17388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17390 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17397 \begin_layout Subsection
17399 \begin_inset Index idx
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17411 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17418 \begin_layout Standard
17419 You can insert images in any known file format.
17420 But as we explained in section
17421 \begin_inset space ~
17425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17427 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17431 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17432 LyX uses therefore the program
17436 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17437 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17438 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17439 \begin_inset space ~
17443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17445 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17452 \begin_layout Standard
17453 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17456 \begin_layout Description
17458 \begin_inset space ~
17461 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17462 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17463 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17467 Graphics Interchange Format
17468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17471 (GIF, file extension
17472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17484 \begin_inset Index idx
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17519 Portable Network Graphics
17520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17523 (PNG, file extension
17524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17536 \begin_inset Index idx
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17571 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17575 (JPG, file extension
17576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17600 \begin_inset Index idx
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17634 \begin_layout Description
17636 \begin_inset space ~
17639 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17641 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
17642 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17643 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17644 \begin_inset Newline newline
17647 Scalable image formats can be
17648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17651 Scalable Vector Graphics
17652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17655 (SVG, file extension
17656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17668 \begin_inset Index idx
17671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17703 Encapsulated PostScript
17704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17707 (EPS, file extension
17708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17720 \begin_inset Index idx
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17755 Portable Document Format
17756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17759 (PDF, file extension
17760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17772 \begin_inset Index idx
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
17783 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
17784 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17798 \begin_layout Standard
17799 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17803 \begin_layout Subsection
17804 Grouping of Image Settings
17805 \begin_inset Index idx
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17809 Images ! Settings grouping
17817 \begin_layout Standard
17818 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17820 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17821 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17823 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17824 need to manually change each of them.
17828 \begin_layout Standard
17829 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17832 \begin_inset space ~
17837 field in the Graphics dialog.
17838 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17839 by checking the name of the desired group.
17842 \begin_layout Section
17844 \begin_inset Index idx
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17863 \begin_layout Standard
17864 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17867 arg "tabular-insert"
17872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17876 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17877 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17878 from the rest of the table.
17879 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17880 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17882 Here is an example table:
17885 \begin_layout Standard
17887 \begin_inset Tabular
17888 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17889 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17890 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17891 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 \begin_layout Subsection
18097 \begin_layout Standard
18098 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18099 brings up the table dialog.
18100 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18101 where the cursor is placed currently.
18102 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18103 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18104 done on all of your selection.
18107 \begin_layout Standard
18108 Additionally to the table dialog, the
18111 \begin_inset space ~
18116 helps you in setting table properties.
18117 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18120 \begin_layout Standard
18124 \begin_inset space ~
18129 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18130 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18131 current cell respectively.
18132 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18134 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18135 of text, see section
18136 \begin_inset space ~
18140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18142 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18149 \begin_layout Standard
18150 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18151 using the check box
18160 This will merge the cells to
18164 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18165 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18166 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18167 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18168 in the last row without the upper border:
18171 \begin_layout Standard
18173 \begin_inset Tabular
18174 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18175 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18176 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18177 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18178 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18179 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18190 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18199 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 \begin_layout Standard
18311 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18312 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18313 explained in the tables section of the
18316 \begin_inset space ~
18322 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18323 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18326 degrees counterclockwise.
18327 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
18330 \begin_layout Standard
18331 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 Most DVI-viewers are
18343 able to display rotations.
18351 \begin_layout Standard
18356 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18361 adds lines for all cell borders.
18364 \begin_layout Subsection
18366 \begin_inset Index idx
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 Tables ! Longtables
18376 \begin_inset Index idx
18379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 \begin_layout Standard
18389 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18392 \begin_inset space ~
18396 \begin_inset space ~
18405 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18406 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18409 \begin_layout Description
18414 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18415 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18416 except for the first page, if
18419 \begin_inset space ~
18427 \begin_layout Description
18431 \begin_inset space ~
18436 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18437 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18440 \begin_layout Description
18445 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18446 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18447 except for the last page, if
18450 \begin_inset space ~
18458 \begin_layout Description
18462 \begin_inset space ~
18467 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18468 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18471 \begin_layout Description
18472 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18473 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18479 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18482 \begin_inset space ~
18490 \begin_layout Standard
18491 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18492 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18493 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18494 The others will then be defined as
18499 In this context, first means first in this order:
18502 \begin_inset space ~
18514 \begin_inset space ~
18520 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18523 \begin_layout Standard
18525 \begin_inset Tabular
18526 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18527 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18528 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18529 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18530 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18531 <row endfirsthead="true">
18532 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18543 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18562 <row endfirsthead="true">
18563 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <row endhead="true">
18596 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <row endhead="true">
18627 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <row endfoot="true">
18660 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19652 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19661 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19681 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19774 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19805 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19836 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19867 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19898 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19929 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19991 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20022 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20053 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20084 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20115 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20208 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20270 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20301 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20332 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20394 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20425 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20487 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20549 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20580 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20611 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20641 <row endlastfoot="true">
20642 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20653 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20679 \begin_layout Subsection
20681 \begin_inset Index idx
20684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20693 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20700 \begin_layout Standard
20701 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20702 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20703 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20704 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20708 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20709 for the cell's paragraph.
20712 \begin_layout Standard
20713 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20714 for the column in the table dialog.
20715 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20716 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20720 \begin_layout Standard
20722 \begin_inset Tabular
20723 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20724 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20725 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20726 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20727 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20747 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20816 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20872 This is longer now.
20877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20928 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20929 This is longer now.
20934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 \begin_layout Standard
20961 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20962 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20968 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20974 Selection with the mouse or with
20978 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20979 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20980 the selection from outside the table.
20983 \begin_layout Section
20985 \begin_inset Index idx
20988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21004 \begin_layout Subsection
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21010 have a fixed location.
21012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21019 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21027 \begin_inset space ~
21032 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21033 too many notes on the page.
21036 \begin_layout Standard
21037 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21038 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21039 and pages without text.
21040 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21041 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21042 Floats are therefore numbered.
21043 Referencing is described in section
21044 \begin_inset space ~
21048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21050 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21057 \begin_layout Standard
21058 To insert a float, use the menu
21060 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21064 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21065 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21067 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21068 \begin_inset Index idx
21071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21077 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21078 paragraph within the float.
21079 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21080 by left-clicking on the box label.
21081 A closed float box looks like this:
21082 \begin_inset Graphics
21083 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21088 – a gray button with a red label.
21091 \begin_layout Standard
21092 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21093 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21096 \begin_layout Subsection
21100 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21104 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21109 \begin_inset Index idx
21112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21113 Floats ! Figure floats
21121 \begin_layout Standard
21123 \begin_inset space ~
21127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21129 reference "cap:Platypus"
21133 was created using the menu
21135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21136 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21139 or the toolbar button
21142 arg "float-insert figure"
21146 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21152 or the toolbar button
21155 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21159 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21160 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21162 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21164 \begin_inset space ~
21169 or the toolbar button
21172 arg "layout-paragraph"
21178 \begin_layout Standard
21179 \begin_inset Float figure
21184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21186 \begin_inset Graphics
21187 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 \begin_inset Caption
21199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21202 name "cap:Platypus"
21206 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21219 \begin_layout Standard
21220 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21222 As described in section
21223 \begin_inset space ~
21227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21229 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21233 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21235 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21238 or the toolbar button
21244 and refer to it using the menu
21246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21249 or the toolbar button
21252 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21256 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21265 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21277 \begin_layout Standard
21278 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21279 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21280 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21281 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21282 as described in section
21283 \begin_inset space ~
21287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21289 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21295 \begin_inset space ~
21299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21301 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21305 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21306 You can also set the images one below the other.
21308 \begin_inset space ~
21312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21314 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21321 reference "fig:Platypus"
21325 are the subfigures.
21328 \begin_layout Standard
21329 \begin_inset Float figure
21334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21335 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21339 \begin_inset Float figure
21344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21345 \begin_inset Caption
21347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21350 name "fig:Undefinable"
21362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21363 \begin_inset Graphics
21364 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21375 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21379 \begin_inset Float figure
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21385 \begin_inset Caption
21387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21390 name "fig:Platypus"
21402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21403 \begin_inset Graphics
21404 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21416 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21423 \begin_inset Caption
21425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21428 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
21432 Two distorted images.
21445 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21447 \begin_inset Index idx
21450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21451 Floats ! Table floats
21459 \begin_layout Standard
21460 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21463 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21466 or the toolbar botton
21469 arg "float-insert table"
21473 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21476 \begin_inset space ~
21480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21482 reference "cap:Table-float"
21489 \begin_layout Standard
21490 \begin_inset Float table
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21496 \begin_inset Caption
21498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21499 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21501 name "cap:Table-float"
21513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21515 \begin_inset Tabular
21516 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21517 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21519 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21520 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21647 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21668 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21671 \end{array}\right]$
21679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21692 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21713 \begin_layout Subsection
21715 \begin_inset Index idx
21718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21727 \begin_layout Standard
21728 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21729 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21730 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21732 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21740 \begin_inset space ~
21748 \begin_layout Section
21750 \begin_inset Index idx
21753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21760 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21762 name "sec:Minipages"
21769 \begin_layout Standard
21770 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21772 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21773 \begin_inset space ~
21780 \begin_layout Standard
21781 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21783 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21787 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21788 and its alignment within the page.
21791 \begin_layout Standard
21793 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21803 height_special "totalheight"
21806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21809 This is a minipage.
21810 The text is set in an italic style.
21813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21816 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21817 another formatting.
21825 \begin_layout Standard
21826 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21829 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21833 as described in section
21834 \begin_inset space ~
21838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21840 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21845 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21851 \begin_layout Standard
21852 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21862 height_special "totalheight"
21865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21866 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21867 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21873 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21877 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21887 height_special "totalheight"
21890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21891 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21892 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21900 \begin_layout Standard
21901 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21907 \begin_layout Standard
21908 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21909 to other box types.
21910 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21917 \begin_inset space ~
21925 \begin_layout Chapter
21926 Mathematical Formulas
21927 \begin_inset Index idx
21930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21937 \begin_inset Index idx
21940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21971 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21978 \begin_layout Standard
21979 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21984 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21987 \begin_layout Section
21989 \begin_inset Index idx
21992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22001 \begin_layout Standard
22002 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22009 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22011 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22012 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22013 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22021 \begin_layout Standard
22022 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22026 \begin_inset space ~
22031 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22034 \begin_layout Standard
22035 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22036 line, like this one:
22039 \begin_layout Standard
22040 This is a line with an inline formula
22041 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22047 \begin_layout Standard
22048 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22050 \begin_inset Formula
22057 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22060 \begin_layout Standard
22061 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22063 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22067 \begin_inset space \space{}
22071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22084 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22085 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22089 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22092 \begin_inset space ~
22100 \begin_layout Subsection
22101 Navigating in Formulas
22102 \begin_inset Index idx
22105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 \begin_layout Standard
22115 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22116 achieved with the arrow keys.
22117 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22118 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22123 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22124 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22128 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22132 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22135 \end{array}\right]$
22143 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22148 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22149 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22152 \begin_layout Standard
22157 , printed in this document as
22158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22179 \begin_inset Note Note
22182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22183 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22184 space character (visible space).
22189 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22190 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22191 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22196 For example, if you want
22197 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22251 , since in the latter case only the
22254 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22259 will be under the square root sign:
22260 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22266 \begin_layout Standard
22267 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22269 \begin_inset Formula
22271 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22280 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22281 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22284 \begin_layout Subsection
22288 \begin_layout Standard
22289 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22290 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22294 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22295 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22296 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22297 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22298 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22301 \begin_layout Subsection
22302 Exponents and Subscripts
22303 \begin_inset Index idx
22306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22313 \begin_inset Index idx
22316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22325 \begin_layout Standard
22326 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22327 way is to use a command.
22329 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22332 , type in a formula
22338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22354 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22360 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22364 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22385 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22394 , you have to use an extra
22398 to separate the hat and the character.
22400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22404 \begin_inset space \space{}
22408 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22429 Subscripts are similar: To get
22430 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22453 \begin_layout Subsection
22455 \begin_inset Index idx
22458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22467 \begin_layout Standard
22468 Create a fraction with either the command
22475 \begin_inset Graphics
22476 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22484 \begin_inset space ~
22490 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22491 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22492 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22497 To move back up, press
22502 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22503 \begin_inset Formula
22505 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22508 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22516 \begin_layout Subsection
22518 \begin_inset Index idx
22521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22530 \begin_layout Standard
22531 Roots can be created using the
22534 \begin_inset space ~
22540 \begin_inset Graphics
22541 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22543 groupId toolbarbuttons
22566 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22572 produces always a square root.
22575 \begin_layout Subsection
22576 Operators with Limits
22577 \begin_inset Index idx
22580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22587 \begin_inset Index idx
22590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22599 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22606 \begin_layout Standard
22608 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22612 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22615 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22616 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22617 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22618 The sum operator will automatically place its
22619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22626 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22629 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22633 \begin_inset Formula
22635 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22640 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22644 \begin_layout Standard
22645 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22647 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22648 behind the operator and hitting
22656 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22657 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22659 \begin_inset space ~
22663 \begin_inset space ~
22671 \begin_layout Standard
22672 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22680 feature as addition, such as
22681 \begin_inset Index idx
22684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22691 \begin_inset Formula
22693 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22698 which will place the
22699 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22711 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22712 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22718 \begin_layout Standard
22719 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22726 Have a look at section
22727 \begin_inset space ~
22731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22733 reference "sub:Functions"
22737 for an explanation of function macros.
22740 \begin_layout Subsection
22742 \begin_inset Index idx
22745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22754 \begin_layout Standard
22755 Most math symbols can be found in the
22758 \begin_inset space ~
22763 under one of several categories; including
22780 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22785 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22786 you don't have to use the
22789 \begin_inset space ~
22794 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22795 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22798 \begin_layout Subsection
22800 \begin_inset Index idx
22803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22812 \begin_layout Standard
22813 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22818 arg "space-insert protected"
22824 \begin_inset space ~
22830 \begin_inset Graphics
22831 filename ../images/math/space.png
22833 groupId toolbarbuttons
22838 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22839 For example, the sequence
22844 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22848 \begin_inset Graphics
22849 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22854 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22855 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22856 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22857 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22859 Here are two examples:
22862 \begin_layout Standard
22872 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22878 \begin_layout Standard
22888 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22894 \begin_layout Subsection
22896 \begin_inset Index idx
22899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22906 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22908 name "sub:Functions"
22915 \begin_layout Standard
22919 \begin_inset space ~
22924 contains under the button
22925 \begin_inset Graphics
22926 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22928 groupId toolbarbuttons
22932 a number of function macros, such as
22933 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22937 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22945 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22952 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22953 avoid confusions, because
22954 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22958 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22964 \begin_layout Standard
22965 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22967 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22971 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22977 \begin_layout Standard
22978 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22979 s are placed, as described in section
22980 \begin_inset space ~
22984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22986 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22993 \begin_layout Subsection
22995 \begin_inset Index idx
22998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23007 \begin_layout Standard
23008 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23010 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23011 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23016 \begin_inset space \space{}
23020 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23023 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23024 Our example is entered by typing
23032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23045 \begin_inset space ~
23049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23051 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23055 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23058 \begin_layout Standard
23059 \begin_inset Float table
23064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23065 \begin_inset Caption
23067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23070 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23074 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23084 \begin_inset Tabular
23085 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23086 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23089 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23173 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23227 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23281 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23335 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23389 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23443 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23551 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23605 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23650 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23671 \begin_layout Standard
23672 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23675 \begin_inset space ~
23681 \begin_inset Graphics
23682 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23684 groupId toolbarbuttons
23688 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23692 \begin_layout Section
23693 Brackets and Delimiters
23694 \begin_inset Index idx
23697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23704 \begin_inset Index idx
23707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23716 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23723 \begin_layout Standard
23724 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23725 For most purposes, using just the keys
23730 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23731 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23732 toolbar delimiter icon
23735 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23739 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23741 \begin_inset Formula
23743 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23751 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23752 \begin_inset Formula
23754 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23762 \begin_layout Standard
23763 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23764 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23767 \begin_layout Standard
23768 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23769 left side and right side.
23770 If you use the option
23773 \begin_inset space ~
23778 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23779 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23780 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23781 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23784 \begin_layout Standard
23785 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23786 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23787 inside the brackets.
23788 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23793 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23796 \begin_layout Section
23797 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23798 \begin_inset Index idx
23801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23808 \begin_inset Index idx
23811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23818 \begin_inset Index idx
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23822 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23830 \begin_layout Standard
23831 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23834 \begin_inset space ~
23840 \begin_inset Graphics
23841 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23843 groupId toolbarbuttons
23848 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23849 Here is an example:
23850 \begin_inset Formula
23852 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23861 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23862 \begin_inset space ~
23866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23868 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23873 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23874 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23875 This alignment is set in the box
23880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23928 for every column as default.
23929 For example, the sequence
23930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23941 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23942 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23943 corresponds to the relevant column.
23944 The result will look like this:
23945 \begin_inset Formula
23948 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23949 column & has & has\, right\\
23950 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23959 \begin_layout Standard
23960 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23963 arg "newline-insert newline"
23966 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23967 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23969 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23972 or the math toolbar.
23975 \begin_layout Standard
23976 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23977 It can be created with the menu
23979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23980 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23982 \begin_inset space ~
23994 Here is an example:
23995 \begin_inset Formula
24009 \begin_layout Standard
24010 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24013 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24016 arg "newline-insert newline"
24020 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24025 arg "newline-insert newline"
24028 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24036 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24037 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24038 A new row is created by every further hit of
24041 arg "newline-insert newline"
24045 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24046 Here is an example:
24047 \begin_inset Formula
24049 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24050 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24055 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24056 where you want to start the shift and hit
24061 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24062 position to the next column.
24063 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24064 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24065 \begin_inset Formula
24067 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24075 \begin_layout Standard
24076 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24083 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24084 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24087 reference "eq:asquared"
24092 The other types are described in section
24093 \begin_inset space ~
24097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24099 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24106 \begin_layout Section
24107 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24108 \begin_inset Index idx
24111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24112 Math ! Formula numbering
24118 \begin_inset Index idx
24121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24122 Math ! Referencing formulas
24128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24130 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24137 \begin_layout Standard
24138 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24141 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24143 \begin_inset space ~
24151 arg "math-number-toggle"
24155 The formula number appears in LyX as
24156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24163 within parentheses.
24165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24172 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24174 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24175 the document class.
24176 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24177 separated by a dot:
24178 \begin_inset Formula
24188 arg "math-number-toggle"
24191 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24192 You can only number displayed formulas.
24195 \begin_layout Standard
24196 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24198 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24199 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24201 \begin_inset space ~
24205 \begin_inset space ~
24209 \begin_inset space ~
24217 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24220 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24221 \begin_inset Formula
24224 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24230 To number all lines use the shortcut
24233 arg "math-number-toggle"
24239 \begin_layout Standard
24240 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24243 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24244 A label is inserted with the menu
24246 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24249 when the cursor is in the formula.
24250 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24251 It is recommended to use the proposed
24252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24263 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24264 type when you have many labels in your document.
24265 We inserted in the following example the label
24266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24273 in the second line:
24274 \begin_inset Formula
24276 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24277 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24282 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24283 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24293 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24297 \begin_inset space ~
24303 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24304 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24305 as the formula number:
24308 \begin_layout Standard
24309 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24312 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24319 \begin_layout Standard
24320 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24321 \begin_inset space ~
24325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24327 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24332 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24338 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24343 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24351 \begin_layout Section
24352 User defined math macros
24353 \begin_inset Index idx
24356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24365 \begin_layout Standard
24366 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24367 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24368 Math macros are explained in section
24371 \begin_inset space ~
24383 \begin_layout Section
24387 \begin_layout Subsection
24389 \begin_inset Index idx
24392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24401 \begin_layout Standard
24402 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24403 To set a font in a formula, use the
24406 \begin_inset space ~
24412 \begin_inset Graphics
24413 filename ../images/math/font.png
24415 groupId toolbarbuttons
24419 , or enter its command, listed in table
24420 \begin_inset space ~
24424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24426 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24433 \begin_layout Standard
24434 \begin_inset Float table
24439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24440 \begin_inset Caption
24442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24445 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24449 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24459 \begin_inset Tabular
24460 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24461 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24462 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24463 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24495 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24522 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24549 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24582 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24609 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24636 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24670 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24697 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24731 \begin_layout Standard
24732 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24740 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24756 \begin_layout Standard
24757 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24758 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24763 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24764 space when you need a space in the box.
24765 Here an example where
24766 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24777 denotes the set of numbers:
24778 \begin_inset Formula
24780 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24788 \begin_layout Standard
24789 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24795 \begin_inset space \space{}
24807 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24811 \begin_inset Newline newline
24814 So it is better not to use this feature.
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24818 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24819 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24823 \begin_inset Newline newline
24826 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24832 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24833 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24839 \begin_layout Standard
24846 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24849 \begin_layout Standard
24850 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24852 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24853 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24855 \begin_inset space ~
24863 \begin_layout Subsection
24865 \begin_inset Index idx
24868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24878 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24880 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24884 \begin_inset space ~
24888 \begin_inset space ~
24896 \begin_inset space ~
24902 \begin_inset Graphics
24903 filename ../images/math/font.png
24905 groupId toolbarbuttons
24916 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24917 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24918 Here is an example:
24919 \begin_inset Formula
24922 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24923 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24932 \begin_layout Subsection
24934 \begin_inset Index idx
24937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24946 \begin_layout Standard
24947 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24948 automatically chosen in most situations.
24966 For most characters,
24974 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24975 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24980 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24981 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24983 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24984 \begin_inset Graphics
24985 filename ../images/math/style.png
24987 groupId toolbarbuttons
24992 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24993 For example, you can set
24994 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24997 , which is normally in
25006 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25010 The four styles are used in the following example:
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25014 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25018 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25022 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25026 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25032 \begin_layout Standard
25033 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25034 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25038 \begin_inset space ~
25043 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25044 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25045 will be adjusted to correspond.
25046 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25057 \begin_layout Standard
25061 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25067 \begin_layout Section
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25072 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25073 the document classes and into layout modules.
25074 \begin_inset Index idx
25077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25083 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25084 other than the AMS classes.
25086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25088 reference "sub:Modules"
25092 for more on layout modules.
25095 \begin_layout Section
25097 \begin_inset Index idx
25100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25107 \begin_inset Index idx
25110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25120 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25121 (AMS) that are in common use.
25124 \begin_layout Subsection
25125 Enabling AMS-Support
25128 \begin_layout Standard
25129 Selecting the checkbox
25132 \begin_inset space ~
25136 \begin_inset space ~
25140 \begin_inset space ~
25147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25151 \begin_inset Index idx
25154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25155 Document ! Settings
25163 \begin_inset space ~
25168 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25170 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25171 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25174 \begin_layout Subsection
25176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25178 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25183 \begin_inset Index idx
25186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25187 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25195 \begin_layout Standard
25196 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25197 LyX allows you to choose between
25218 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25221 \begin_layout Chapter
25225 \begin_layout Section
25227 \begin_inset Index idx
25230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25239 name "sec:Cross-References"
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25247 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25248 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25250 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25251 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25252 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25255 \begin_layout Enumerate
25259 \begin_layout Enumerate
25260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25262 name "enu:Second-item"
25269 \begin_layout Enumerate
25273 \begin_layout Standard
25274 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25279 or by pressing the toolbar button
25286 A grey label box like this:
25287 \begin_inset Graphics
25288 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25293 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25294 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25329 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25334 \begin_inset space \space{}
25337 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25352 \begin_layout Standard
25353 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25358 or the toolbar button
25361 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25365 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25366 \begin_inset Graphics
25367 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25372 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25374 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25387 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25391 \begin_layout Standard
25394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25397 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25402 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25403 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25405 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25411 \begin_layout Standard
25412 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25413 \begin_inset space ~
25417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25419 reference "enu:Second-item"
25426 \begin_layout Standard
25427 It is recommended to use a protected space
25431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25432 described in section
25433 \begin_inset space ~
25437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25439 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25448 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25452 \begin_layout Standard
25453 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25456 \begin_layout Description
25457 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25460 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25467 \begin_layout Description
25468 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25469 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25481 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25488 \begin_layout Description
25489 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25490 \begin_inset space ~
25494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25495 LatexCommand pageref
25496 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25503 \begin_layout Description
25505 \begin_inset space ~
25509 \begin_inset space ~
25512 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25514 LatexCommand vpageref
25515 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25522 \begin_layout Description
25524 \begin_inset space ~
25528 \begin_inset space ~
25532 \begin_inset space ~
25535 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25538 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25545 \begin_layout Description
25547 \begin_inset space ~
25550 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25551 \begin_inset Newline newline
25555 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25563 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25572 \begin_inset Index idx
25575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25576 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25582 \begin_inset Index idx
25585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25586 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25599 \begin_layout Description
25601 \begin_inset space ~
25604 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25606 LatexCommand nameref
25607 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25614 \begin_layout Standard
25619 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25622 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25626 \begin_inset space \space{}
25630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25644 <reference> on page <page>
25646 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25650 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25651 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25652 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25656 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25660 \begin_layout Standard
25661 You can only use the style
25665 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25669 is always possible.
25672 \begin_layout Standard
25673 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25674 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25676 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25677 \begin_inset space ~
25681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25683 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25691 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25695 \begin_inset space ~
25699 \begin_inset space ~
25704 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25705 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25708 \begin_inset space ~
25713 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25714 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25717 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 You can change labels at any time.
25725 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25726 do not need to take care about this.
25729 \begin_layout Standard
25730 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25731 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25734 \begin_layout Standard
25735 References are described in detail in sec.
25736 \begin_inset space ~
25740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25750 \begin_inset space ~
25758 \begin_layout Section
25759 Table of Contents and other Listings
25760 \begin_inset Index idx
25763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25770 \begin_inset Index idx
25773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25780 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25789 \begin_layout Subsection
25791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25793 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25801 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25804 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25806 \begin_inset space ~
25810 \begin_inset space ~
25816 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25817 If you click on it, the
25821 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25822 sections in your documents.
25823 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25825 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25828 that is described in sec.
25829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25835 reference "sec:Navigating"
25842 \begin_layout Standard
25843 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25844 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25846 \begin_inset space ~
25850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25852 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25856 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25858 \begin_inset space ~
25862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25864 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25868 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25870 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25873 \begin_layout Subsection
25874 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25877 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25886 You can insert them via the
25888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25890 \begin_inset space ~
25894 \begin_inset space ~
25900 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25903 \begin_layout Section
25904 URLs and Hyperlinks
25905 \begin_inset Index idx
25908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25915 \begin_inset Index idx
25918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25927 \begin_layout Subsection
25929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25938 \begin_layout Standard
25939 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25941 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25948 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25949 \begin_inset Flex URL
25952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25962 \begin_layout Standard
25963 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25969 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25973 \begin_layout Standard
25974 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25982 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25990 \begin_layout Subsection
25992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25994 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26002 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26004 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26007 or with the toolbar button
26014 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26023 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26024 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26025 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26027 name "LyX's homepage"
26028 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26032 , an Email address like this:
26033 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26035 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26036 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26041 , or a link to a file.
26044 \begin_layout Standard
26045 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26058 to the link target.
26061 \begin_layout Standard
26062 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26063 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26064 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26065 the text style dialog.
26066 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26070 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26072 name "LyX's homepage"
26073 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26080 \begin_layout Standard
26081 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26085 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26087 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26088 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26092 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26094 \begin_inset Newline newline
26102 \begin_inset Newline newline
26109 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26112 \begin_layout Section
26114 \begin_inset Index idx
26117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26126 name "sec:Appendices"
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26134 Appendices are created with the menu
26136 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26138 \begin_inset space ~
26142 \begin_inset space ~
26148 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26149 as the appendix region.
26150 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26153 \begin_layout Standard
26154 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26155 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26156 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26157 and the subsection number.
26158 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26162 \begin_layout Standard
26164 \begin_inset space ~
26168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26170 reference "cha:Credits"
26175 \begin_inset space ~
26179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26181 reference "sub:Export"
26188 \begin_layout Section
26190 \begin_inset Index idx
26193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26200 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26202 name "sec:Bibliography"
26209 \begin_layout Standard
26210 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26211 You can include a bibliography database,
26215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26216 Known under the name
26217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26229 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26230 manually, using the paragraph environment
26234 , which was described in section
26235 \begin_inset space ~
26239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26241 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26246 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26247 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26251 use a bibliography database.
26254 \begin_layout Subsection
26255 The Bibliography Environment
26258 \begin_layout Standard
26263 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26265 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26274 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26276 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26285 , a short form of its title, as key.
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26294 or the toolbar button
26297 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26301 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26302 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26303 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26304 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26308 \begin_layout Standard
26309 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26310 entry with surrounding brackets.
26315 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26316 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26331 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26334 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26336 key "latexcompanion"
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26344 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26345 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26354 \begin_layout Subsection
26355 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26356 \begin_inset Index idx
26359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26360 Bibliography ! Databases
26366 \begin_inset Index idx
26369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26370 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26378 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26386 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26392 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26394 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26395 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26400 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26402 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26403 your working field in a database.
26404 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26405 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26407 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26411 \begin_layout Standard
26412 The database is a text file with the file extension
26413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26424 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26425 The format is explained in
26426 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26432 and in LaTeX books (
26433 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26435 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26440 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26441 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26442 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26443 \begin_inset Flex URL
26446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26448 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26456 \begin_layout Standard
26457 To use a database, use the menu
26459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26464 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26477 \begin_inset space ~
26483 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26484 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26487 Add bibliography to TOC
26489 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26494 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26495 in the document or just the cited references.
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26499 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26511 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26512 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26513 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26515 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26521 For information how this is done, have a look at
26522 \begin_inset Newline newline
26526 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26528 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26540 \begin_layout Standard
26541 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26545 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26546 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26549 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26577 \begin_inset space ~
26583 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26589 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26598 \begin_layout Standard
26599 When you select the option
26601 Sectioned bibliography
26605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26608 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26609 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26611 Customizing Bibliographies
26619 Additional Features
26624 \begin_layout Standard
26625 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26626 the two methods of creating them.
26627 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26628 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26629 We used the style file
26633 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26636 \begin_layout Subsection
26637 Bibliography layout
26638 \begin_inset Index idx
26641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26642 Bibliography ! Layout
26650 \begin_layout Standard
26651 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26652 For this feature you need to enable the option
26658 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26662 \begin_inset Index idx
26665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26666 Document ! Settings
26676 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26677 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26678 in the previous section.
26681 \begin_layout Standard
26682 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26683 in the citation reference window.
26684 Here an example where we set the text
26685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26689 \begin_inset space ~
26693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26696 to appear after the reference:
26699 \begin_layout Standard
26701 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26704 key "latexcompanion"
26711 \begin_layout Section
26713 \begin_inset Index idx
26716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26732 \begin_layout Standard
26733 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26737 \begin_inset space ~
26742 or the toolbar button
26750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26761 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26762 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26763 by LyX as the index entry.
26766 \begin_layout Standard
26767 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26768 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26770 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26772 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26779 \begin_layout Standard
26780 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26784 \begin_inset space ~
26788 \begin_inset space ~
26791 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26793 \begin_inset space ~
26799 A light blue box labeled
26800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26811 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26812 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26815 \begin_layout Subsection
26816 Grouping Index Entries
26817 \begin_inset Index idx
26820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26832 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26833 lists under the entry
26834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26842 First we create the entry
26843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26851 \begin_inset space ~
26855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26857 reference "sub:Lists"
26862 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26863 \begin_inset space ~
26867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26869 reference "sec:Itemize"
26873 , we insert the command
26876 \begin_layout Standard
26882 \begin_layout Standard
26886 \begin_layout Standard
26892 \begin_layout Standard
26893 for the enumerated list in section
26894 \begin_inset space ~
26898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26900 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26907 \begin_layout Standard
26908 The exclamation mark
26909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26916 marks the grouping levels.
26917 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26918 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26919 If we don't have an index entry for
26920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26927 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26930 \begin_layout Subsection
26932 \begin_inset Index idx
26935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26936 Index ! Page ranges
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26947 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26953 \begin_inset space \space{}
26956 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26958 \begin_inset space ~
26962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26964 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26971 \begin_layout Standard
26974 Paragraph environments|(
26977 \begin_layout Standard
26978 and another entry at the end of section
26979 \begin_inset space ~
26983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26985 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26992 \begin_layout Standard
26995 Paragraph environments|)
26998 \begin_layout Standard
27000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27023 respectively start and end the index range.
27024 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27025 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27026 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27027 An example is the index entry
27028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27031 Document ! Settings
27032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27038 \begin_layout Subsection
27040 \begin_inset Index idx
27043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27044 Index ! Cross referencing
27052 \begin_layout Standard
27053 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27054 We referred for example in the index entry
27055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27063 \begin_inset space ~
27067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27069 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27073 ) to the index entry
27074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27081 in the same section using the entry
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27087 GIF|see{Image formats}
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27092 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27093 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27096 \begin_layout Subsection
27098 \begin_inset Index idx
27101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27102 Index ! Entry order
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27111 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27112 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27113 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27118 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27120 \begin_inset space ~
27124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27126 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27135 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27136 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27161 \begin_inset Index idx
27164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27165 Dummy entries ! maïs
27171 \begin_inset Index idx
27174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27175 Dummy entries ! maître
27181 \begin_inset Index idx
27184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27185 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27190 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27191 order maïs, maison, maître.
27192 To achieve this, we use the command
27195 \begin_layout Standard
27198 previous entry@current entry
27201 \begin_layout Standard
27202 In our case we want to have
27203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27218 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27221 \begin_layout Standard
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27228 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27229 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27233 \begin_layout Standard
27234 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27240 \begin_layout Standard
27241 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27246 to generate the index (see sec.
27247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27253 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27262 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27270 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27274 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27275 index commands start with
27276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27288 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27293 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27296 \begin_layout Standard
27308 \begin_layout Standard
27320 \begin_layout Subsection
27322 \begin_inset Index idx
27325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27326 Index ! Entry layout
27334 \begin_layout Standard
27335 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27336 \begin_inset Index idx
27339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27342 This is an italic dummy entry
27347 You can also format the page number using the character
27348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27355 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27356 We can write for example
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27362 italic page number:|textit
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27366 to get the page number in italic.
27367 \begin_inset Index idx
27370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27371 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27376 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27394 \begin_inset space ~
27400 Have a look at section
27401 \begin_inset space ~
27405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27407 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27411 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27414 \begin_layout Standard
27415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27423 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27427 to generate the index, see sec.
27428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27434 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27443 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27444 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27446 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27449 key "latexcompanion"
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27462 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27464 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27465 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27466 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27467 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27468 If so, put the following in the preamble
27471 \begin_layout Standard
27483 \begin_layout Standard
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27493 \begin_layout Standard
27494 in the index entry.
27495 \begin_inset Index idx
27498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27499 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27504 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27505 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27506 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27509 \begin_layout Standard
27510 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27512 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27516 \begin_inset space \space{}
27519 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27520 for all index entries.
27521 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27533 documentation for details,
27534 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27536 key "makeindex,xindy"
27543 \begin_layout Subsection
27545 \begin_inset Index idx
27548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27557 name "sub:Index-Program"
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 If the index entry program
27569 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27573 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27582 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27583 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27584 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27585 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27586 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27596 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27597 dialog, see section
27598 \begin_inset space ~
27602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27604 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27609 The available options are listed and explained in
27610 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27612 key "makeindex,xindy"
27617 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27622 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27623 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27626 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27627 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27631 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27632 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27635 \begin_layout Subsection
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27640 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27641 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27649 next to the standard index.
27650 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27651 packages that add this feature.
27657 \begin_inset Index idx
27660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27661 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27666 package to generate multiple indexes.
27667 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27668 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27669 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27676 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27677 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27678 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27682 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27685 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27689 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27692 Use multiple Indexes
27693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27697 Note that the list of
27698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27705 below already contains the standard index.
27706 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27707 also appear as a heading) to the
27708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27715 input field and press the
27716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27724 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27725 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27726 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27730 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27736 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27737 indexes in the LyX work area.
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27741 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27746 \begin_inset space ~
27750 \begin_inset space ~
27759 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27760 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27761 are some additional features:
27764 \begin_layout Itemize
27765 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27766 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27769 \begin_layout Itemize
27770 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27771 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27780 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27785 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27786 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27787 to the non-subindexes.
27790 \begin_layout Section
27791 Nomenclature / Glossary
27792 \begin_inset Index idx
27795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27802 \begin_inset Index idx
27805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27834 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27836 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27843 \begin_layout Standard
27844 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27845 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27850 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27855 \begin_inset Index idx
27858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27859 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27865 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27866 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27872 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27875 \begin_layout Standard
27876 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27877 and then use the menu
27879 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27885 \begin_inset space ~
27890 or the toolbar button
27893 arg "nomencl-insert"
27898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27909 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27912 \begin_layout Standard
27913 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27914 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27915 The second is the description of the symbol.
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27919 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27927 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27935 \begin_layout Subsection
27936 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27937 \begin_inset Index idx
27940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27941 Nomenclature ! Layout
27949 \begin_layout Standard
27950 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27954 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27960 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27968 \begin_inset Newline newline
27976 \begin_inset Newline newline
27982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27989 character starts/ends the formula.
27990 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28002 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28012 \begin_layout Standard
28013 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28014 \begin_inset space ~
28018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28020 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28031 \begin_inset space ~
28036 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28037 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28042 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28049 in this document is:
28050 \begin_inset Newline newline
28055 dummy entry for the character
28060 \begin_inset Newline newline
28072 \begin_inset space ~
28082 font use the command
28111 \begin_layout Subsection
28112 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28113 \begin_inset Index idx
28116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28117 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28126 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28127 the symbol definition.
28128 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28129 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28132 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28133 LatexCommand nomenclature
28135 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28142 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28146 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28147 LatexCommand nomenclature
28150 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28155 They will be sorted by
28156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28182 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28185 will be sorted before the
28189 since the character
28190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28197 is considered in sorting.
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28201 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28204 \begin_inset space ~
28209 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28210 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28212 For the example given, you can insert
28216 in this field for the
28217 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28224 will be located before
28225 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28232 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28237 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28246 \begin_layout Subsection
28247 Nomenclature Options
28248 \begin_inset Index idx
28251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28252 Nomenclature ! Options
28260 \begin_layout Standard
28265 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28266 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28269 \begin_layout Description
28270 refeq Appends the phrase
28271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28286 to every nomenclature entry, where
28292 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28295 \begin_layout Description
28296 refpage Appends the phrase
28297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28312 to every nomenclature entry, where
28318 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28321 \begin_layout Description
28322 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28326 There are furthermore the options
28370 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28374 \begin_layout Standard
28375 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28376 class options list in the
28378 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28382 In this document the option
28389 \begin_layout Standard
28390 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28396 \begin_layout Standard
28397 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28398 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28403 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28406 \begin_layout Description
28416 \begin_layout Description
28419 nomrefpage Like the
28426 \begin_layout Description
28429 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28438 \begin_layout Description
28442 \begin_inset space ~
28448 \begin_inset space ~
28453 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28456 \begin_layout Subsection
28457 Printing the Nomenclature
28458 \begin_inset Index idx
28461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28462 Nomenclature ! Printing
28470 \begin_layout Standard
28471 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28475 \begin_inset space ~
28479 \begin_inset space ~
28482 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28486 A light blue box labeled
28487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28498 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28499 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28502 \begin_layout Standard
28503 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28512 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28520 For example, in order to change the name to
28524 , add the following line to the preamble:
28527 \begin_layout Standard
28535 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28538 \begin_layout Standard
28539 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28545 \begin_layout Standard
28546 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28547 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28550 \begin_layout Standard
28558 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28561 \begin_layout Standard
28564 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28565 \begin_inset space ~
28569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28571 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28576 The default value is 1
28577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28583 \begin_layout Subsection
28584 Nomenclature Program
28585 \begin_inset Index idx
28588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28589 Nomenclature ! Program
28595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28597 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28604 \begin_layout Standard
28605 LyX uses the program
28609 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28610 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28615 by adding options, see section
28616 \begin_inset space ~
28620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28622 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28627 The available options are listed and explained in
28628 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28630 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28637 \begin_layout Section
28639 \begin_inset Index idx
28642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28649 \begin_inset Index idx
28652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28653 Document ! Branches
28659 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28661 name "sec:Branches"
28668 \begin_layout Standard
28669 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28670 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28671 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28672 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28675 \begin_layout Standard
28676 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28677 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28678 To create a branch, either select the menu
28680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28681 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28684 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28693 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28694 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28695 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28696 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28697 (see below for an example).
28698 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28699 to the name of the other) and to add
28700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28708 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28712 \begin_inset space ~
28715 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28716 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28721 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28723 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28726 where you can choose a branch.
28727 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28731 \begin_layout Standard
28732 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28733 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28736 \begin_layout Standard
28737 \begin_inset Branch Question
28740 \begin_layout Standard
28741 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28749 \begin_layout Standard
28750 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28753 \begin_layout Standard
28754 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28770 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28773 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28774 Consider for example a file
28775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28782 which has the above branches.
28784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28791 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28815 branch were inactive,
28816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28824 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28831 branch was active, likewise
28832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28847 branch was active, and
28848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28851 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28855 if both branches were active.
28856 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28860 \begin_layout Standard
28861 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28867 \begin_layout Standard
28868 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28869 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28871 For example you can define for the question branch
28875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28876 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28877 \begin_inset space ~
28881 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28883 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28895 \begin_layout Standard
28905 \begin_layout Standard
28915 \begin_layout Standard
28916 and for the answer branch
28919 \begin_layout Standard
28929 \begin_layout Standard
28939 \begin_layout Standard
28940 \begin_inset Branch Question
28943 \begin_layout Standard
28947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28975 \begin_layout Standard
28976 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28979 \begin_layout Standard
28983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29011 \begin_layout Standard
29012 Now it is possible to use the commands
29016 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29023 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29026 to obtain conditional output.
29027 Here is an example formula where only the
29034 \begin_inset Formula
29036 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29044 \begin_layout Standard
29045 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29053 \begin_layout Section
29055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29057 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29062 \begin_inset Index idx
29065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29074 \begin_layout Standard
29079 dialog allows you in the
29083 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29084 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29089 \begin_inset Index idx
29092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29093 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29101 \begin_layout Standard
29106 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29107 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29108 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29110 You can specify in the dialog tab
29114 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29116 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29117 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29121 \begin_layout Standard
29126 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29127 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29128 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29130 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29131 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29133 \begin_inset space ~
29136 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29137 \begin_inset space ~
29140 1 will only display the sections.
29143 \begin_layout Standard
29144 The header information in the dialog tab
29148 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29149 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29154 \begin_inset space \space{}
29157 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29158 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29161 Automatic fill header
29163 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29164 title and author settings.
29167 \begin_layout Standard
29170 Load in fullscreen mode
29172 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29176 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29177 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29183 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29184 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29193 \begin_layout Section
29194 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29197 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29204 \begin_layout Subsection
29206 \begin_inset Index idx
29209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29218 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29226 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29227 constructs, but not all.
29228 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29229 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29230 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29231 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29232 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29236 \begin_layout Standard
29237 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29239 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29243 \begin_inset space ~
29248 or by the toolbar button
29255 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29259 \begin_layout Standard
29260 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29261 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29262 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29263 using the LaTeX-command
29269 , you can write the command part
29275 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29279 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29280 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29281 the following example:
29284 \begin_layout Standard
29285 \begin_inset Graphics
29286 filename clipart/ERT.png
29294 \begin_layout Standard
29298 \begin_layout Standard
29299 This is a line with a
29303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29326 \begin_layout Standard
29327 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29335 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29336 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29344 \begin_layout Subsection
29345 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29346 \begin_inset Argument
29349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29356 \begin_inset Index idx
29359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29368 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29375 \begin_layout Standard
29376 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29377 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29378 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29387 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29388 any time if you know the right commands.
29390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29394 \begin_inset space \space{}
29397 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29399 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29400 all caption labels bold.
29401 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29403 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29407 \begin_layout Standard
29408 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29409 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29410 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29412 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29421 \begin_layout Standard
29422 As result you know that the package
29427 \begin_inset Index idx
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29431 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29437 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29439 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29445 \begin_layout Standard
29450 usepackage[options]{package name}
29453 \begin_layout Standard
29454 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29455 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29456 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29459 \begin_layout Standard
29460 In your case the package name is
29465 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29470 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29471 So you add the command
29474 \begin_layout Standard
29479 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29482 \begin_layout Standard
29483 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29488 For more commands provided by the
29492 package, have a look at its documentation,
29493 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29507 \begin_layout Standard
29508 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29510 For example if you use a
29514 class, you don't need the package
29518 , you can instead write
29521 \begin_layout Standard
29526 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29531 \begin_layout Standard
29532 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29533 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29534 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29541 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29545 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29546 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29548 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29549 the previous section.
29552 \begin_layout Standard
29553 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29555 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29557 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29564 \begin_layout Standard
29565 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29571 \begin_layout Standard
29575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29585 \begin_inset Note Note
29588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29589 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29597 \begin_layout Left Header
29598 \begin_inset Argument
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29621 \begin_inset Note Note
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29625 defines the header line as described below
29633 \begin_layout Center Header
29634 \begin_inset Argument
29637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29646 \begin_layout Right Header
29647 \begin_inset Argument
29650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29671 \begin_layout Left Footer
29672 \begin_inset Argument
29675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29696 \begin_layout Center Footer
29697 \begin_inset Argument
29700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29711 \begin_inset Newline newline
29715 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29721 \begin_layout Right Footer
29722 \begin_inset Argument
29725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29747 \begin_layout Section
29748 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29749 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29751 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
29756 \begin_inset Index idx
29759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 Document ! Header/Footer line
29766 \begin_inset Index idx
29769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29778 \begin_layout Standard
29779 To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
29780 to set the headings style to
29786 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29792 \begin_inset space ~
29798 As second step add in the menu
29800 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29801 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29808 Custom Header/Footerlines
29809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29813 This module offers the 6
29814 \begin_inset space ~
29820 \begin_layout Description
29822 \begin_inset space ~
29826 \begin_inset space ~
29830 \begin_inset space ~
29834 \begin_inset space ~
29838 \begin_inset space ~
29844 \begin_layout Description
29846 \begin_inset space ~
29850 \begin_inset space ~
29854 \begin_inset space ~
29858 \begin_inset space ~
29862 \begin_inset space ~
29868 \begin_layout Standard
29869 for the different positions in the header/footer.
29872 \begin_layout Standard
29873 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
29874 but you can change them anywhere you want to.
29876 \begin_inset space ~
29880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29882 reference "fig:Page-layout"
29886 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
29889 \begin_layout Standard
29890 \begin_inset Float figure
29896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29899 \begin_inset Tabular
29900 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
29901 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29902 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29903 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29904 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
29906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
29918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29935 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29953 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29964 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
29967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29968 The normal text on the page goes here.
29969 The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
29971 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
29972 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
29977 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29986 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29997 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30026 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30044 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30062 \begin_inset Caption
30064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30067 name "fig:Page-layout"
30071 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30084 \begin_layout Subsection
30088 \begin_layout Standard
30089 To define your header line, add all 3
30090 \begin_inset space ~
30094 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30095 the optional arguments on even pages.
30096 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30098 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30099 Defining the footer line works similar.
30102 \begin_layout Standard
30103 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30119 \begin_inset space ~
30127 \begin_layout Description
30130 thepage prints the current page number
30133 \begin_layout Description
30136 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30139 \begin_layout Description
30142 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30145 \begin_layout Description
30148 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30149 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30156 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30159 because it usually goes in a left header.
30162 \begin_layout Description
30165 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30166 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30168 It is normally used in the right header.
30171 \begin_layout Subsection
30172 Default header/footer
30175 \begin_layout Standard
30176 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30177 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30178 footer has the page number.
30179 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30180 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30181 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30184 \begin_inset space ~
30192 \begin_layout Subsection
30196 \begin_layout Standard
30197 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30198 Some pages are different.
30199 The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
30200 a new part or chapter in your book.
30201 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30202 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30203 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30206 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30207 Header and footer decoration line
30210 \begin_layout Standard
30211 By default, you get a 0.4
30212 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30215 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30216 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30228 in the following scheme:
30231 \begin_layout Standard
30238 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30241 \begin_layout Standard
30242 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30251 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30258 \begin_layout Standard
30259 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30260 If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
30261 \begin_inset space ~
30265 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30275 Several header/footer lines
30278 \begin_layout Standard
30279 In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
30280 do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30281 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30283 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30295 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30298 \begin_layout Standard
30305 headheight}{height}
30308 \begin_layout Standard
30309 Where height is a size in standard units.
30310 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30311 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30312 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30314 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30328 and look via the button
30331 \begin_inset space ~
30336 if you find a warning of the package
30341 \begin_inset Index idx
30344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30345 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30351 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30352 for your header/footer.
30355 \begin_layout Subsection
30359 \begin_layout Standard
30360 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30361 Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
30362 This example consists of the following definition:
30365 \begin_layout Description
30367 \begin_inset space ~
30376 , empty optional argument
30379 \begin_layout Description
30381 \begin_inset space ~
30384 Header empty, empty optional argument
30387 \begin_layout Description
30389 \begin_inset space ~
30398 in the optional argument
30401 \begin_layout Description
30403 \begin_inset space ~
30412 in the optional argument
30415 \begin_layout Description
30417 \begin_inset space ~
30429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30433 \begin_inset Newline newline
30437 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30444 in the optional argument
30447 \begin_layout Description
30449 \begin_inset space ~
30458 , empty optional argument
30461 \begin_layout Description
30464 headrulewidth set to 2
30465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30471 \begin_layout Standard
30472 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
30474 For more special things like e.
30475 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30479 \begin_inset space ~
30482 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30487 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30496 \begin_layout Standard
30497 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30503 \begin_layout Standard
30507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30511 pagestyle{headings}
30517 \begin_inset Note Note
30520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 switches back to page style with the default headings
30529 \begin_layout Section
30530 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30533 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30538 \begin_inset Index idx
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 \begin_inset Index idx
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30560 \begin_layout Standard
30561 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30562 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
30563 to break your train of thought with
30565 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30571 \begin_layout Standard
30572 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30573 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
30578 \begin_inset Index idx
30581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30587 as explained below, and turn on
30590 \begin_inset space ~
30597 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30601 \begin_inset space ~
30605 \begin_inset space ~
30608 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30613 \begin_inset space ~
30618 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30621 \begin_layout Standard
30622 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30624 Previews of an already loaded document are
30628 generated just by selecting the
30631 \begin_inset space ~
30636 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
30639 \begin_layout Standard
30640 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
30641 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
30644 \begin_inset space ~
30649 check box in the insert dialog.
30650 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
30654 \begin_layout Standard
30655 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30659 (on some systems named simply
30664 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
30666 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30672 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30673 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30681 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
30685 \begin_layout Standard
30686 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
30692 \begin_layout Standard
30693 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
30697 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30699 \begin_inset space ~
30704 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
30705 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
30707 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
30708 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
30709 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
30710 the source view window.
30713 \begin_layout Section
30714 Advanced Find and Replace
30715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30717 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
30722 \begin_inset Index idx
30725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 \begin_inset Index idx
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30744 \begin_layout Subsection
30748 \begin_layout Standard
30749 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
30750 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
30751 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
30752 The key-features are:
30755 \begin_layout Itemize
30756 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
30757 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
30758 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
30762 \begin_layout Itemize
30763 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
30764 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
30765 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
30766 a section heading will only be found within section headings
30769 \begin_layout Itemize
30770 Search may be widened to a specific
30775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30779 \begin_inset space ~
30782 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
30783 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
30790 \begin_layout Itemize
30791 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
30792 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
30793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30797 \begin_inset space ~
30800 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
30803 \begin_layout Subsection
30807 \begin_layout Standard
30808 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
30811 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30824 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
30827 ) or the toolbar button
30830 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
30836 Advanced Find and Replace
30841 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30845 \begin_layout Standard
30850 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
30855 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
30860 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
30861 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
30862 Pressing repeatedly
30866 keeps searching forward.
30867 Similarly, pressing
30871 searches for the entered text backwards.
30874 \begin_layout Standard
30875 While searching, the
30879 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
30889 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
30892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30893 Searching for mathematics
30896 \begin_layout Standard
30897 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
30901 editor a mathematical formula, such as
30902 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
30905 or also something more complex like
30906 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
30910 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
30911 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
30912 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
30913 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
30919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30923 \begin_layout Standard
30924 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
30925 This is done by switching to the
30929 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
30934 This way, entering in the
30941 \begin_layout Itemize
30942 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
30943 in emphasized or boldface.
30946 \begin_layout Itemize
30947 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
30948 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
30949 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
30950 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
30953 \begin_layout Itemize
30954 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
30955 of if only within section headings.
30956 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
30957 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
30961 \begin_layout Itemize
30962 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
30963 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
30966 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30970 \begin_layout Standard
30971 The text segments matching the text entered in the
30975 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30983 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30987 button or alternatively
31009 \begin_layout Standard
31010 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31011 text segments in your document.
31012 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31016 \begin_layout Itemize
31017 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31018 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31026 with its typewriter version
31029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31039 \begin_layout Itemize
31040 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31046 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31058 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31065 (you may want to enable the
31073 options and disable the
31081 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31089 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31090 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31094 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31097 , or occurrences of
31098 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31102 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31108 \begin_layout Subsection
31112 \begin_layout Standard
31113 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31120 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31122 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31131 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31137 This is done via the menu
31139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31140 Insert Regular Expression
31142 while the cursor is in the
31147 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31148 expression matching rules
31152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31155 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31159 \begin_inset space ~
31162 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31163 to match expressions.
31168 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31169 same text in the document.
31170 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31171 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31174 \begin_layout Enumerate
31175 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31180 editor the fraction
31181 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31185 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31188 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31189 fractions with the given denominator.
31192 \begin_layout Enumerate
31193 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31205 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31210 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31211 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31213 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31216 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31217 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31220 \begin_layout Standard
31221 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31222 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31223 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31226 , and referring back to them through
31227 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31231 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31235 For example, try searching for the regexp
31236 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31239 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31242 \begin_layout Standard
31243 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31244 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31245 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31246 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31250 \begin_inset space ~
31254 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31257 always refers to the first occurrence of
31258 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31261 in all entered regexps.
31264 \begin_layout Standard
31265 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31269 \begin_layout Section
31271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31273 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31278 \begin_inset Index idx
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31290 \begin_layout Standard
31291 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31294 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31301 or the toolbar button
31304 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31307 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31308 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31309 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31310 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31311 scrolled so that it is visible.
31312 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31313 n, if any could be found.
31314 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
31318 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
31319 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31322 \begin_layout Standard
31323 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31326 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31330 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31331 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31332 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31333 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31334 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31335 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31338 \begin_layout Subsection
31342 \begin_layout Standard
31343 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31346 \begin_inset space ~
31349 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31352 you can set the following things:
31355 \begin_layout Description
31357 \begin_inset space ~
31360 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31361 Depending on your platform,
31375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31376 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31377 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31392 \begin_layout Description
31394 \begin_inset space ~
31397 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31398 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31401 \begin_layout Description
31403 \begin_inset space ~
31406 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31412 \begin_inset space \space{}
31416 This should normally not be needed.
31419 \begin_layout Description
31421 \begin_inset space ~
31425 \begin_inset space ~
31428 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31440 \begin_layout Description
31442 \begin_inset space ~
31445 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31446 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
31447 By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
31448 in the context menu.
31449 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31453 \begin_layout Description
31455 \begin_inset space ~
31459 \begin_inset space ~
31463 \begin_inset space ~
31466 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31470 \begin_layout Section
31472 \begin_inset Index idx
31475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31484 name "sec:Thesaurus"
31491 \begin_layout Standard
31492 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
31493 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
31502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31505 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
31514 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
31515 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
31516 are available for many languages.
31519 \begin_layout Standard
31520 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
31524 \begin_layout Subsection
31525 Setting up the thesaurus
31528 \begin_layout Standard
31533 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
31538 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
31543 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
31545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31549 en_EN for English).
31550 For instance, the English files are named:
31553 \begin_layout Itemize
31557 \begin_layout Itemize
31561 \begin_layout Standard
31562 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
31563 already on your system.
31564 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
31565 \begin_inset Flex URL
31568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31570 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
31576 \begin_inset Flex URL
31579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31581 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31591 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
31592 \begin_inset Flex URL
31595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31597 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
31602 are usually packed in extension archives (
31606 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
31608 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
31609 unpack a zip archive.
31622 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
31623 s), and specify the path to this directory in
31625 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31626 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31630 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
31633 \begin_layout Subsection
31634 Using the thesaurus
31637 \begin_layout Standard
31638 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
31640 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31643 or the toolbar button
31646 arg "thesaurus-entry"
31649 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
31651 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
31653 The proposals are grouped into categories.
31654 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
31655 and hyponyms (such as
31663 ), compounds (such as
31667 ) and antonyms (such as
31675 ), which are marked as such.
31678 \begin_layout Standard
31679 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
31680 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
31684 \begin_layout Standard
31685 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
31686 the dictionary, such as the above
31690 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
31691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31695 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
31696 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
31697 For example looking up the word forms
31705 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
31710 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
31711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31723 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
31724 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
31725 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
31728 \begin_layout Section
31730 \begin_inset Index idx
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31740 \begin_inset Index idx
31743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31744 Document ! Change Tracking
31750 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31752 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
31759 \begin_layout Standard
31760 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
31761 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
31762 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
31763 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
31765 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31767 \begin_inset space ~
31770 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31772 \begin_inset space ~
31780 \begin_layout Standard
31781 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
31795 The color depends on the author that made the change.
31796 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
31799 \begin_inset space ~
31803 \begin_inset space ~
31813 \begin_inset Index idx
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31817 Color ! Change tracking
31822 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
31823 the cursor is in changed text.
31824 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
31827 arg "changes-merge"
31833 \begin_layout Standard
31834 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
31835 \begin_inset Index idx
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31847 \begin_layout Standard
31848 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31854 \begin_layout Standard
31855 \begin_inset Graphics
31856 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
31864 \begin_layout Standard
31865 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31871 \begin_layout Standard
31872 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
31876 \begin_layout Standard
31877 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31883 \begin_layout Standard
31884 \begin_inset Tabular
31885 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
31886 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
31887 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31888 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
31889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31898 arg "changes-track"
31906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31914 \begin_inset space ~
31917 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31919 \begin_inset space ~
31928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 arg "changes-output"
31945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31953 \begin_inset space ~
31956 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31958 \begin_inset space ~
31962 \begin_inset space ~
31966 \begin_inset space ~
31975 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31996 Jumps to the next change
32002 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 arg "change-accept"
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32027 \begin_inset space ~
32030 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32032 \begin_inset space ~
32041 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32050 arg "change-reject"
32058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32066 \begin_inset space ~
32069 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32071 \begin_inset space ~
32080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32089 arg "changes-merge"
32097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32105 \begin_inset space ~
32108 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32110 \begin_inset space ~
32119 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 arg "all-changes-accept"
32136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32144 \begin_inset space ~
32147 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32149 \begin_inset space ~
32153 \begin_inset space ~
32162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 arg "all-changes-reject"
32179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32187 \begin_inset space ~
32190 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32192 \begin_inset space ~
32196 \begin_inset space ~
32205 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32229 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32231 \begin_inset space ~
32240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32265 \begin_inset space ~
32281 \begin_layout Standard
32282 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32288 \begin_layout Standard
32289 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32290 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32291 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32292 the next change after the current cursor position.
32293 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32294 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32295 step to the next change.
32296 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32299 \begin_layout Standard
32300 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32301 to describe a change.
32304 \begin_layout Standard
32305 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32310 \begin_inset Index idx
32313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32320 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32321 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32327 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32330 \begin_layout Section
32331 Comparison of Documents
32332 \begin_inset Index idx
32335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32336 Comparison of documents
32344 \begin_layout Standard
32345 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32347 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32351 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32353 In the comparison dialog you can select with the option
32356 \begin_inset space ~
32360 \begin_inset space ~
32364 \begin_inset space ~
32369 from which document LyX should take the document settings for the the resulting
32374 \begin_inset space ~
32378 \begin_inset space ~
32382 \begin_inset space ~
32386 \begin_inset space ~
32390 \begin_inset space ~
32394 \begin_inset space ~
32399 enables the change tracking option
32402 \begin_inset space ~
32406 \begin_inset space ~
32410 \begin_inset space ~
32415 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32418 \begin_layout Section
32419 International Support
32420 \begin_inset Index idx
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 International support
32432 \begin_layout Standard
32433 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32434 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32435 how to set up LyX to use them:
32436 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32438 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32445 \begin_layout Standard
32446 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32447 \begin_inset space ~
32451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32453 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32460 \begin_layout Subsection
32462 \begin_inset Index idx
32465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 \begin_inset Index idx
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32476 Document ! Settings
32482 \begin_inset Index idx
32485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32486 Document ! Language
32494 \begin_layout Standard
32497 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32500 dialog lets you set
32502 the language and character encoding for your language.
32506 \begin_layout Standard
32507 Choose your language in the
32511 section of this dialog.
32519 \begin_layout Standard
32524 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
32529 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
32530 For details about the different encoding options see section
32531 \begin_inset space ~
32535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32537 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
32544 \begin_layout Subsection
32545 Keyboard mapping configuration
32546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32548 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
32555 \begin_layout Standard
32556 If you have for example a U.
32557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32560 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
32561 can use an alternate keymap.
32562 For example, if you have a U.
32563 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32566 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
32567 use an Italian keymap.
32568 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
32570 \begin_inset space ~
32574 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32576 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
32581 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
32582 which one you want to use.
32585 \begin_layout Standard
32586 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
32587 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
32588 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
32589 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
32590 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
32591 one to support the characters you want.
32592 This and many other customizations are explained in the
32599 \begin_layout Subsection
32603 \begin_layout Standard
32605 \begin_inset space ~
32609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32611 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
32620 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
32624 \begin_layout Standard
32625 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
32626 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
32634 \begin_layout Itemize
32635 Even if you have selected
32641 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32644 dialog, users who have only the
32648 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
32652 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
32653 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
32654 french quotes won't show up.
32657 \begin_layout Standard
32658 \begin_inset Float table
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32664 \begin_inset Caption
32666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32669 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
32685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32687 \begin_inset Tabular
32688 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
32689 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
32690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
32708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37119 \begin_layout Standard
37120 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37122 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37123 also the characters from
37135 \begin_layout Itemize
37144 \begin_layout Standard
37145 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37146 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37152 \begin_layout Standard
37153 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37154 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37160 \begin_layout Standard
37161 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37162 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37168 \begin_layout Standard
37169 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37170 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37176 \begin_layout Standard
37178 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37184 \begin_layout Standard
37186 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37192 \begin_layout Standard
37194 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37201 \begin_layout Itemize
37214 \begin_layout Standard
37216 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37222 \begin_layout Standard
37224 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37230 \begin_layout Standard
37232 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37238 \begin_layout Standard
37240 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37246 \begin_layout Standard
37248 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37254 \begin_layout Standard
37256 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37263 \begin_layout Standard
37264 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37265 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37266 Also make sure you're using the
37273 \begin_layout Chapter
37276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37278 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
37285 \begin_layout Standard
37286 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37287 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37288 topic inside the user's guide.
37291 \begin_layout Section
37293 \begin_inset Index idx
37296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 \begin_layout Standard
37310 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37313 \begin_layout Subsection
37317 \begin_layout Standard
37318 Creates a new document.
37321 \begin_layout Subsection
37325 \begin_layout Standard
37326 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37327 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37328 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37331 \begin_layout Subsection
37335 \begin_layout Standard
37339 \begin_layout Subsection
37343 \begin_layout Standard
37344 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37345 Click there on a file to open it.
37348 \begin_layout Subsection
37352 \begin_layout Standard
37353 Closes the current document.
37356 \begin_layout Subsection
37360 \begin_layout Standard
37361 Closes all opened documents.
37364 \begin_layout Subsection
37368 \begin_layout Standard
37369 Saves the actual document.
37372 \begin_layout Subsection
37376 \begin_layout Standard
37377 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37380 \begin_layout Subsection
37384 \begin_layout Standard
37385 Saves all opened documents.
37388 \begin_layout Subsection
37392 \begin_layout Standard
37393 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37396 \begin_layout Subsection
37400 \begin_layout Standard
37401 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
37402 It is described in the section
37404 Version Control in LyX
37408 Additional Features
37413 \begin_layout Subsection
37417 \begin_layout Standard
37418 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37419 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
37420 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
37421 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
37424 \begin_layout Standard
37425 When using the menu entry
37428 \begin_inset space ~
37433 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37437 \begin_inset space ~
37441 \begin_inset space ~
37446 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37447 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37450 \begin_layout Subsection
37452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37461 \begin_layout Standard
37462 You can export your document to various file formats.
37463 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37464 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37465 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
37468 \begin_layout Standard
37469 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37471 \begin_inset space ~
37475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37477 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
37484 \begin_layout Description
37488 \begin_inset space ~
37493 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
37495 \begin_inset Newline newline
37498 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
37501 \begin_layout Description
37509 \begin_layout Description
37510 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
37514 \begin_layout Description
37516 \begin_inset space ~
37520 \begin_inset space ~
37523 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
37527 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
37535 \begin_layout Description
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 \begin_inset space ~
37555 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
37556 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
37560 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
37563 \begin_layout Description
37570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 \begin_inset space ~
37583 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
37584 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
37592 \begin_layout Description
37594 \begin_inset space ~
37597 z.y.x LyX-Dokument in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
37598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37613 represent the version number)
37616 \begin_layout Description
37617 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
37620 \begin_layout Description
37621 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
37634 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
37638 \begin_layout Description
37642 \begin_inset space ~
37647 PDF-format using the program
37652 \begin_layout Description
37656 \begin_inset space ~
37661 PDF-format using the program
37666 \begin_layout Description
37670 \begin_inset space ~
37675 PDF-format using the program
37680 \begin_layout Description
37684 \begin_inset space ~
37692 \begin_layout Description
37696 \begin_inset space ~
37700 \begin_inset space ~
37705 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
37706 and then exported as text using the program
37711 \begin_layout Description
37716 PostScript format using the program
37721 \begin_layout Standard
37726 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
37727 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
37733 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
37736 \begin_layout Standard
37737 If one of the menu entries
37744 \begin_inset space ~
37753 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37754 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37755 \begin_inset space ~
37759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37761 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37766 \begin_inset Index idx
37769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37770 Reconfiguration of LyX
37778 \begin_layout Standard
37783 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
37784 the export program.
37787 \begin_layout Subsection
37791 \begin_layout Standard
37792 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
37793 format or send it to a printer.
37794 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
37795 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
37801 For more information have a look at section
37802 \begin_inset space ~
37806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37808 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
37815 \begin_layout Subsection
37819 \begin_layout Standard
37820 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
37821 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
37822 prefix, see section
37823 \begin_inset space ~
37827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37829 reference "sec:Paths"
37834 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
37843 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
37844 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
37845 \begin_inset space ~
37849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37851 reference "sub:Converters"
37858 \begin_layout Subsection
37859 New and Close Window
37862 \begin_layout Standard
37863 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
37866 \begin_layout Subsection
37870 \begin_layout Standard
37871 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
37874 \begin_layout Section
37876 \begin_inset Index idx
37879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37888 \begin_layout Subsection
37892 \begin_layout Standard
37893 Described in section
37894 \begin_inset space ~
37898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37900 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
37907 \begin_layout Subsection
37908 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
37911 \begin_layout Standard
37912 Described in section
37913 \begin_inset space ~
37917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37919 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37926 \begin_layout Subsection
37930 \begin_layout Standard
37931 Selects the whole document.
37934 \begin_layout Subsection
37938 \begin_layout Standard
37939 Described in section
37940 \begin_inset space ~
37944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37946 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
37953 \begin_layout Subsection
37954 Move Paragraph Up/Down
37957 \begin_layout Standard
37958 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
37962 \begin_layout Subsection
37966 \begin_layout Standard
37967 Described in section
37968 \begin_inset space ~
37972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37974 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
37981 \begin_layout Subsection
37983 \begin_inset Index idx
37986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 Paragraph ! Settings
37995 \begin_layout Standard
37996 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
37997 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
38000 \begin_layout Standard
38001 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38002 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38010 \begin_inset space ~
38018 \begin_layout Subsection
38019 Table Settings and Math
38022 \begin_layout Standard
38023 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
38025 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38026 The properties of tables are described in section
38027 \begin_inset space ~
38031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38033 reference "sec:Tables"
38037 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38038 \begin_inset space ~
38042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38044 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38051 \begin_layout Subsection
38052 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38055 \begin_layout Standard
38056 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
38057 that can be nested.
38058 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38059 \begin_inset space ~
38063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38065 reference "sec:Nesting"
38070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38072 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38079 \begin_layout Section
38081 \begin_inset Index idx
38084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38093 \begin_layout Standard
38098 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
38099 document with an external program.
38100 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
38101 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
38102 All possible formats are formats listed in section
38103 \begin_inset space ~
38107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38109 reference "sub:Export"
38114 You should at least see the menu entries
38121 \begin_inset space ~
38127 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38128 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38129 \begin_inset space ~
38133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38135 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38140 \begin_inset Index idx
38143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38144 Reconfiguration of LyX
38152 \begin_layout Standard
38153 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
38154 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
38155 \begin_inset space ~
38159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38161 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38166 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
38169 \begin_layout Standard
38170 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
38173 At the bottom of the
38177 menu the opened documents are listed.
38180 \begin_layout Subsection
38181 Open/Close all Insets
38184 \begin_layout Standard
38185 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38188 \begin_layout Subsection
38189 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38192 \begin_layout Standard
38193 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38196 \begin_layout Standard
38197 Math macros are described in the
38204 \begin_layout Subsection
38208 \begin_layout Standard
38209 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
38211 \begin_inset space ~
38215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38217 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
38224 \begin_layout Subsection
38228 \begin_layout Standard
38229 Opens a window showing console messages.
38230 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
38231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38234 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
38235 while LaTeX is processing the document,
38238 \begin_layout Subsection
38242 \begin_layout Standard
38243 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
38244 format either in the preferences (see sec.
38245 \begin_inset space ~
38249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38251 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38255 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38256 \begin_inset space ~
38260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38262 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38266 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
38269 \begin_layout Subsection
38270 View (Other Formats)
38273 \begin_layout Standard
38274 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
38277 \begin_layout Subsection
38281 \begin_layout Standard
38282 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
38283 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
38284 opening a new viewer window.
38287 \begin_layout Subsection
38288 Update (Other Formats)
38291 \begin_layout Standard
38292 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
38293 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
38296 \begin_layout Subsection
38297 View Master Document
38300 \begin_layout Standard
38301 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38317 \begin_inset space ~
38322 manual for more information on this topic).
38323 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
38324 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
38329 generates the output of the whole book, while
38333 will just output the chapter alone.
38336 \begin_layout Standard
38337 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38338 in the preferences (see sec.
38339 \begin_inset space ~
38343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38345 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38349 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38350 \begin_inset space ~
38354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38356 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38363 \begin_layout Subsection
38364 Update Master Document
38367 \begin_layout Standard
38368 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
38370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38384 \begin_inset space ~
38389 manual for more information on this topic).
38390 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
38391 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
38394 \begin_layout Standard
38395 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
38396 in the preferences (see sec.
38397 \begin_inset space ~
38401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38403 reference "sec:File-Formats"
38407 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
38408 \begin_inset space ~
38412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38414 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
38421 \begin_layout Subsection
38425 \begin_layout Standard
38426 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
38427 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
38428 view the same document, but at different positions.
38429 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
38430 or more documents at the same time.
38431 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
38438 \begin_layout Subsection
38442 \begin_layout Standard
38443 Closes a split view.
38446 \begin_layout Subsection
38450 \begin_layout Standard
38451 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
38452 so that you will see nothing but your text.
38453 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
38454 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
38455 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
38458 \begin_layout Subsection
38460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38462 name "sub:Toolbars"
38467 \begin_inset Index idx
38470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38479 \begin_layout Standard
38480 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
38481 All toolbars and the
38484 \begin_inset space ~
38489 can be turned on and off.
38494 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
38506 \begin_inset space ~
38515 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
38519 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
38526 \begin_layout Standard
38531 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
38535 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
38536 or when a certain feature is enabled.
38537 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
38538 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
38539 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
38542 \begin_layout Standard
38543 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
38544 \begin_inset space ~
38548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38550 reference "sec:Toolbars"
38557 \begin_layout Section
38559 \begin_inset Index idx
38562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38571 \begin_layout Subsection
38575 \begin_layout Standard
38576 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
38577 \begin_inset space ~
38581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38583 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38594 \begin_layout Subsection
38596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38598 name "sub:Special-Character"
38605 \begin_layout Standard
38606 Here you can insert the following characters:
38609 \begin_layout Description
38610 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
38611 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
38612 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
38613 \begin_inset Newline newline
38617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38625 Not all characters will be visible in the
38629 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
38631 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38637 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
38641 ) can display every character.
38649 \begin_layout Description
38650 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
38654 \begin_layout Description
38656 \begin_inset space ~
38660 \begin_inset space ~
38663 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
38664 \begin_inset space ~
38668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38670 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
38677 \begin_layout Description
38679 \begin_inset space ~
38682 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
38685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38695 \begin_layout Description
38697 \begin_inset space ~
38700 Quote Inserts this quote:
38701 \begin_inset Quotes ers
38707 \begin_layout Description
38709 \begin_inset space ~
38712 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
38716 \begin_layout Description
38718 \begin_inset space ~
38721 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
38725 \begin_layout Description
38727 \begin_inset space ~
38730 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38734 \begin_layout Description
38736 \begin_inset space ~
38740 \begin_inset Index idx
38743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38750 \begin_inset Index idx
38753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38754 Language ! Phonetic symbols
38759 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
38760 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
38761 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
38766 \begin_inset Index idx
38769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38770 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
38776 \begin_inset Newline newline
38779 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
38783 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38791 and this Wiki-page:
38792 \begin_inset Newline newline
38796 \begin_inset Flex URL
38799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38801 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
38809 \begin_layout Subsection
38813 \begin_layout Standard
38814 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
38817 \begin_layout Description
38818 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
38819 \begin_inset script superscript
38821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38830 \begin_layout Description
38831 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
38832 \begin_inset script subscript
38834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38843 \begin_layout Description
38845 \begin_inset space ~
38848 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
38849 \begin_inset space ~
38853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38855 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
38862 \begin_layout Description
38864 \begin_inset space ~
38867 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
38868 \begin_inset space ~
38872 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38874 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
38881 \begin_layout Description
38883 \begin_inset space ~
38886 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
38887 \begin_inset space ~
38891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38893 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
38900 \begin_layout Description
38902 \begin_inset space ~
38905 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
38906 \begin_inset space ~
38910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38912 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
38919 \begin_layout Description
38921 \begin_inset space ~
38924 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38931 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
38938 \begin_layout Description
38940 \begin_inset space ~
38943 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
38944 \begin_inset space ~
38948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38950 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
38957 \begin_layout Description
38959 \begin_inset space ~
38962 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
38963 \begin_inset space ~
38967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38969 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
38976 \begin_layout Description
38977 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
38978 \begin_inset space ~
38982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38984 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
38991 \begin_layout Description
38993 \begin_inset space ~
38996 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
38997 \begin_inset space ~
39001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39003 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39010 \begin_layout Description
39012 \begin_inset space ~
39016 \begin_inset space ~
39019 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39020 \begin_inset space ~
39024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39026 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39033 \begin_layout Description
39035 \begin_inset space ~
39038 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39039 text line to the page border, see section
39040 \begin_inset space ~
39044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39046 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39053 \begin_layout Description
39055 \begin_inset space ~
39058 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39065 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39072 \begin_layout Description
39074 \begin_inset space ~
39077 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39078 text page to the page border, described in section
39079 \begin_inset space ~
39083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39085 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39092 \begin_layout Description
39094 \begin_inset space ~
39097 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39098 \begin_inset space ~
39102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39104 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39111 \begin_layout Description
39113 \begin_inset space ~
39117 \begin_inset space ~
39120 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
39121 \begin_inset space ~
39125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39127 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39134 \begin_layout Subsection
39138 \begin_layout Standard
39139 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
39140 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
39142 \begin_inset space ~
39146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39148 reference "sec:toc"
39153 The index list is described in section
39154 \begin_inset space ~
39158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39160 reference "sec:Index"
39164 , the nomenclature in section
39165 \begin_inset space ~
39169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39171 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39175 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
39176 \begin_inset space ~
39180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39182 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
39189 \begin_layout Subsection
39193 \begin_layout Standard
39194 To insert floats, described in section
39195 \begin_inset space ~
39199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39201 reference "sec:Floats"
39208 \begin_layout Subsection
39212 \begin_layout Standard
39213 To insert notes, described in section
39214 \begin_inset space ~
39218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39220 reference "sec:Notes"
39227 \begin_layout Subsection
39231 \begin_layout Standard
39232 Inserts branch insets as described in section
39233 \begin_inset space ~
39237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39239 reference "sec:Branches"
39246 \begin_layout Subsection
39250 \begin_layout Standard
39251 Inserts document class-specific insets.
39252 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
39254 An example is the document class
39255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39262 with three custom insets.
39265 Flex insets and InsetLayout
39271 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
39274 \begin_layout Subsection
39276 \begin_inset Index idx
39279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39288 \begin_layout Standard
39289 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
39290 files in your document.
39291 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
39298 \begin_inset space ~
39306 \begin_layout Subsection
39308 \begin_inset Index idx
39311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39320 \begin_layout Standard
39321 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
39322 \begin_inset space ~
39326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39328 reference "sec:Minipages"
39333 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39348 \begin_layout Subsection
39352 \begin_layout Standard
39353 Inserts a citation as described in section
39354 \begin_inset space ~
39358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39360 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39367 \begin_layout Subsection
39371 \begin_layout Standard
39372 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
39373 \begin_inset space ~
39377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39379 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39386 \begin_layout Subsection
39390 \begin_layout Standard
39391 Inserts a label as described in section
39392 \begin_inset space ~
39396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39398 reference "sec:Cross-References"
39405 \begin_layout Subsection
39407 \begin_inset Index idx
39410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39417 \begin_inset Index idx
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39421 Longtables ! Caption
39429 \begin_layout Standard
39430 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
39431 Floats are described in section
39432 \begin_inset space ~
39436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39438 reference "sec:Floats"
39442 , captions in longtables are described in the section
39449 \begin_inset space ~
39457 \begin_layout Subsection
39461 \begin_layout Standard
39462 Inserts an index entry as described in section
39463 \begin_inset space ~
39467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39469 reference "sec:Index"
39476 \begin_layout Subsection
39480 \begin_layout Standard
39481 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
39482 \begin_inset space ~
39486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39488 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
39495 \begin_layout Subsection
39499 \begin_layout Standard
39501 Tables are described in section
39502 \begin_inset space ~
39506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39508 reference "sec:Tables"
39515 \begin_layout Subsection
39519 \begin_layout Standard
39521 Graphics are described in section
39522 \begin_inset space ~
39526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39528 reference "sec:Graphics"
39535 \begin_layout Subsection
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39540 Inserts an URL as described in section
39541 \begin_inset space ~
39545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39547 reference "sub:URLs"
39554 \begin_layout Subsection
39558 \begin_layout Standard
39559 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
39560 \begin_inset space ~
39564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39566 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
39573 \begin_layout Subsection
39577 \begin_layout Standard
39578 Inserts a footnote, see section
39579 \begin_inset space ~
39583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39585 reference "sec:Footnotes"
39592 \begin_layout Subsection
39596 \begin_layout Standard
39597 Inserts a marginal note, see section
39598 \begin_inset space ~
39602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39604 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
39611 \begin_layout Subsection
39615 \begin_layout Standard
39616 Inserts a short title, see section
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39623 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
39630 \begin_layout Subsection
39634 \begin_layout Standard
39635 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
39636 \begin_inset space ~
39640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39642 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
39649 \begin_layout Subsection
39651 \begin_inset Index idx
39654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39663 \begin_layout Standard
39664 Inserts a program listings box.
39665 Program listings are explained in the chapter
39667 Program Code Listings
39672 \begin_inset space ~
39680 \begin_layout Subsection
39684 \begin_layout Standard
39685 Inserts the actual date.
39686 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
39688 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
39696 \begin_inset space ~
39704 \begin_layout Section
39706 \begin_inset Index idx
39709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39718 \begin_layout Standard
39719 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
39720 \begin_inset space ~
39723 of the current document.
39724 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
39727 \begin_layout Subsection
39731 \begin_layout Standard
39732 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
39733 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
39735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39739 \begin_inset space \space{}
39743 \begin_inset space ~
39747 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
39748 \begin_inset space ~
39751 2.5 and use the menu
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39758 \begin_inset space ~
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39781 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
39785 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
39791 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
39797 \begin_layout Standard
39798 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
39799 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
39802 \begin_layout Subsection
39803 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
39806 \begin_layout Standard
39807 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
39811 \begin_layout Subsection
39815 \begin_layout Standard
39816 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
39817 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
39818 on a cross-reference box.
39821 \begin_layout Section
39823 \begin_inset Index idx
39826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39835 \begin_layout Subsection
39839 \begin_layout Standard
39840 Change Tracking is described in section
39841 \begin_inset space ~
39845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39847 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39854 \begin_layout Subsection
39859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39869 \begin_layout Standard
39870 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
39872 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
39875 \begin_layout Standard
39876 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
39881 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
39884 \begin_layout Subsection
39888 \begin_layout Standard
39889 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39896 reference "sec:Navigating"
39901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39903 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
39910 \begin_layout Subsection
39911 Start Appendix Here
39914 \begin_layout Standard
39915 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
39916 position as described in section
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39923 reference "sec:Appendices"
39930 \begin_layout Subsection
39934 \begin_layout Standard
39935 Un/compresses the current document.
39938 \begin_layout Subsection
39942 \begin_layout Standard
39943 The document settings are described in appendix
39944 \begin_inset space ~
39948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39950 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39957 \begin_layout Section
39959 \begin_inset Index idx
39962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39971 \begin_layout Subsection
39975 \begin_layout Standard
39976 Spell checking is explained in section
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39983 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39990 \begin_layout Subsection
39994 \begin_layout Standard
39995 The thesaurus is described in section
39996 \begin_inset space ~
40000 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40002 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40009 \begin_layout Subsection
40011 \begin_inset Index idx
40014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40021 \begin_inset Index idx
40024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40033 \begin_layout Standard
40034 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40038 \begin_layout Subsection
40040 \begin_inset Index idx
40043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40052 \begin_layout Standard
40053 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
40056 \begin_layout Subsection
40058 \begin_inset Index idx
40061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40062 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
40066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40073 Reconfiguration of LyX
40077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40090 \begin_inset Index idx
40093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40094 Reconfiguration of LyX
40102 \begin_layout Standard
40103 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
40104 and needed programs it needs; see also section
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40111 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
40118 \begin_layout Subsection
40122 \begin_layout Standard
40123 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
40124 \begin_inset space ~
40128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40130 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40137 \begin_layout Section
40139 \begin_inset Index idx
40142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40151 \begin_layout Standard
40152 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
40154 Is a file not available in this language, the English version will be listed.
40157 \begin_layout Standard
40161 \begin_inset space ~
40166 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
40167 found by LyX (see also section
40168 \begin_inset space ~
40172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40174 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
40181 \begin_layout Section
40183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40185 name "sec:Toolbars"
40192 \begin_layout Standard
40193 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40200 reference "sub:Toolbars"
40207 \begin_layout Standard
40208 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
40209 This is described in the
40211 Additional Features
40216 \begin_layout Subsection
40218 \begin_inset Index idx
40221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40230 \begin_layout Standard
40231 \begin_inset Graphics
40232 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
40240 \begin_layout Standard
40241 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40247 \begin_layout Standard
40248 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
40253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40265 \begin_inset Note Note
40268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40269 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
40274 manual for more information.
40282 \begin_layout Standard
40283 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40289 \begin_layout Standard
40290 \begin_inset Tabular
40291 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
40292 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40300 \begin_inset Graphics
40301 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
40311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40315 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
40328 \begin_layout Standard
40329 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
40335 \begin_layout Standard
40337 \begin_inset Tabular
40338 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
40339 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40340 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40341 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40342 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40365 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40395 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40402 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40425 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40432 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40441 arg "dialog-show print"
40449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40455 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40462 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40471 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
40479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40515 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40522 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40545 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40575 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40605 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40635 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40651 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
40659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40665 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40671 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40689 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
40697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40703 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40704 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40711 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40732 Emphasize text, function of the
40734 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40736 \begin_inset space ~
40747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40768 Set text to noun style, function of the
40770 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40772 \begin_inset space ~
40783 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40792 arg "textstyle-apply"
40800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40804 Formats text using the current settings in the
40806 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40808 \begin_inset space ~
40819 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40842 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40843 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40845 \begin_inset space ~
40854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
40871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40877 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40884 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40891 arg "tabular-insert"
40899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40912 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40921 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
40929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40933 Toggle outline window on/off,
40935 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40942 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40951 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
40959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40963 Toggle math toolbar on/off
40969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40978 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
40986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40990 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41003 \begin_layout Subsection
41005 \begin_inset Index idx
41008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41017 \begin_layout Standard
41018 \begin_inset Graphics
41019 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41028 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41034 \begin_layout Standard
41035 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41039 \begin_layout Standard
41040 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41046 \begin_layout Standard
41047 \begin_inset Tabular
41048 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41049 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41050 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41051 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41052 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41088 arg "layout Enumerate"
41096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41106 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41115 arg "layout Itemize"
41123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41133 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41160 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41169 arg "layout Description"
41177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41196 arg "depth-increment"
41204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41210 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41212 \begin_inset space ~
41216 \begin_inset space ~
41225 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41234 arg "depth-decrement"
41242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41248 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41250 \begin_inset space ~
41254 \begin_inset space ~
41263 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41272 arg "float-insert figure"
41280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41286 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41287 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41294 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41303 arg "float-insert table"
41311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41318 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
41372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41394 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
41402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41408 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41440 \begin_inset space ~
41449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 arg "nomencl-insert"
41466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41474 \begin_inset space ~
41483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 arg "footnote-insert"
41500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 arg "marginalnote-insert"
41530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41538 \begin_inset space ~
41547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41571 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41573 \begin_inset space ~
41582 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41591 arg "box-insert Frameless"
41599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41612 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41635 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41691 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41700 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
41708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41715 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41731 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
41739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41746 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41748 \begin_inset space ~
41757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41766 arg "dialog-show character"
41774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41780 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41782 \begin_inset space ~
41791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41800 arg "layout-paragraph"
41808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41814 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41816 \begin_inset space ~
41825 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41834 arg "thesaurus-entry"
41842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41848 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41862 \begin_layout Subsection
41863 View / Update Toolbar
41864 \begin_inset Index idx
41867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41868 Toolbar ! View / Update
41876 \begin_layout Standard
41877 \begin_inset Graphics
41878 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
41885 \begin_layout Standard
41886 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41892 \begin_layout Standard
41893 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
41897 \begin_layout Standard
41898 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41904 \begin_layout Standard
41905 \begin_inset Tabular
41906 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
41907 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41908 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41909 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41910 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41933 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41940 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 arg "buffer-update"
41957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41963 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41970 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41979 arg "master-buffer-view"
41987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41993 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42009 arg "master-buffer-update"
42017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42023 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42025 \begin_inset space ~
42034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42043 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42057 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42058 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42059 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42060 Synchronize with Output
42066 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42071 \begin_inset Graphics
42072 filename ../images/view-others.png
42074 groupId toolbarbuttons
42085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42091 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42092 View (Other Formats)
42098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42103 \begin_inset Graphics
42104 filename ../images/update-others.png
42106 groupId toolbarbuttons
42115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42121 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42122 Update (Other Formats)
42135 \begin_layout Standard
42136 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
42140 \begin_layout Subsection
42144 \begin_layout Standard
42145 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
42146 \begin_inset space ~
42150 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42152 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
42156 , the table toolbar
42157 \begin_inset Index idx
42160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42169 \begin_inset space ~
42174 manual, the math macro toolbar
42175 \begin_inset Index idx
42178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42191 \begin_layout Chapter
42192 The Document Settings
42193 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42195 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
42200 \begin_inset Index idx
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42204 Document ! Settings
42212 \begin_layout Standard
42213 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
42214 whole document and is called with the menu
42216 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42220 You can save your document settings as default with th
42222 e Save as Document Defaults
42224 button in the dialog.
42225 This will create a template named
42229 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
42233 \begin_layout Standard
42234 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
42237 \begin_layout Section
42241 \begin_layout Standard
42242 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
42244 Document classes are described in section
42245 \begin_inset space ~
42249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42251 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
42256 Some classes use some class options by default.
42257 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
42261 and you can decide to use them or not.
42262 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
42263 recommended not to touch them.
42264 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
42270 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
42271 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
42276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42277 When you want to use one of the following drivers
42278 \begin_inset Newline newline
42283 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
42286 \begin_inset Newline newline
42289 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
42290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42294 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42296 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
42308 \begin_layout Standard
42309 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
42310 child or subdocument.
42311 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
42312 without its master.
42313 This way child documents are always compilable.
42314 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
42321 \begin_inset space ~
42329 \begin_layout Section
42333 \begin_layout Standard
42334 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
42335 Please refer to the section
42338 \begin_inset space ~
42346 \begin_inset space ~
42351 manual for details.
42354 \begin_layout Section
42358 \begin_layout Standard
42359 Modules are explained in section
42360 \begin_inset space ~
42364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42366 reference "sub:Modules"
42373 \begin_layout Section
42377 \begin_layout Standard
42378 The document font settings are described in section
42379 \begin_inset space ~
42383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42385 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
42392 \begin_layout Section
42396 \begin_layout Standard
42397 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
42399 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
42403 \begin_layout Standard
42404 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
42405 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
42406 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
42409 \begin_layout Standard
42410 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
42414 \begin_inset space ~
42422 \begin_layout Section
42426 \begin_layout Standard
42427 A description of this menu is given in section
42428 \begin_inset space ~
42432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42434 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
42439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42441 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
42448 \begin_layout Section
42452 \begin_layout Standard
42453 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
42454 \begin_inset space ~
42458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42460 reference "sub:Margins"
42467 \begin_layout Section
42469 \begin_inset Index idx
42472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42473 Language ! Encoding
42481 \begin_layout Standard
42482 The document language and quote styles are set here.
42483 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
42484 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
42485 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
42486 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
42487 known for a particular character).
42491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42492 The known commands are defined in a text file.
42493 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
42498 manual for details.
42506 \begin_layout Standard
42507 If you use the option
42511 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
42512 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
42513 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
42514 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
42515 exactly one encoding.
42516 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
42519 \begin_layout Standard
42520 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
42521 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
42522 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
42523 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
42524 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
42525 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
42530 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
42531 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
42532 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
42533 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
42534 engines to standard LaTeX.
42535 Both engines support Unicode natively.
42536 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
42539 \begin_inset space ~
42546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42558 \begin_inset space ~
42565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42577 \begin_inset space ~
42583 \begin_inset space ~
42587 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42589 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
42593 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
42596 \begin_layout Standard
42597 Here is a list with the important encodings:
42600 \begin_layout Description
42602 \begin_inset space ~
42606 \begin_inset space ~
42610 \begin_inset space ~
42617 , but the LaTeX-package
42622 \begin_inset Index idx
42625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42626 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42632 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
42633 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
42634 languages in TeX code.
42637 \begin_layout Description
42638 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
42639 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
42640 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
42643 \begin_layout Description
42645 \begin_inset space ~
42649 \begin_inset space ~
42652 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
42655 \begin_layout Description
42657 \begin_inset space ~
42661 \begin_inset space ~
42664 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
42667 \begin_layout Description
42669 \begin_inset space ~
42672 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
42675 \begin_layout Description
42677 \begin_inset space ~
42681 \begin_inset space ~
42684 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
42685 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
42688 \begin_layout Description
42690 \begin_inset space ~
42694 \begin_inset space ~
42697 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
42701 \begin_layout Description
42703 \begin_inset space ~
42707 \begin_inset space ~
42710 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
42711 ISO-8859-13 encoding
42714 \begin_layout Description
42716 \begin_inset space ~
42720 \begin_inset space ~
42724 \begin_inset space ~
42727 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
42728 \begin_inset space ~
42734 \begin_layout Description
42736 \begin_inset space ~
42740 \begin_inset space ~
42744 \begin_inset space ~
42747 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
42748 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
42751 \begin_layout Description
42753 \begin_inset space ~
42757 \begin_inset space ~
42760 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
42761 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
42762 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42763 \begin_inset space ~
42767 \begin_inset space ~
42773 \begin_layout Description
42775 \begin_inset space ~
42779 \begin_inset space ~
42782 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
42783 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
42784 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
42785 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
42786 \begin_inset space ~
42790 \begin_inset space ~
42796 \begin_layout Description
42798 \begin_inset space ~
42802 \begin_inset space ~
42805 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
42808 \begin_layout Description
42810 \begin_inset space ~
42814 \begin_inset space ~
42817 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
42820 \begin_layout Description
42822 \begin_inset space ~
42826 \begin_inset space ~
42829 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
42832 \begin_layout Description
42834 \begin_inset space ~
42837 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
42840 \begin_layout Description
42842 \begin_inset space ~
42845 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
42848 \begin_layout Description
42850 \begin_inset space ~
42854 \begin_inset space ~
42857 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
42860 \begin_layout Description
42862 \begin_inset space ~
42866 \begin_inset space ~
42872 \begin_layout Description
42874 \begin_inset space ~
42878 \begin_inset space ~
42881 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
42884 \begin_layout Description
42886 \begin_inset space ~
42890 \begin_inset space ~
42896 \begin_layout Description
42898 \begin_inset space ~
42902 \begin_inset space ~
42905 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42910 \begin_inset Index idx
42913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42914 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42919 , when using this, set the document language to
42924 \begin_layout Description
42926 \begin_inset space ~
42930 \begin_inset space ~
42933 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42937 , when using this, set the document language to
42940 \begin_inset space ~
42946 \begin_layout Description
42948 \begin_inset space ~
42952 \begin_inset space ~
42955 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42960 \begin_inset Index idx
42963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42964 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
42969 , when using this, set the document language to
42974 \begin_layout Description
42976 \begin_inset space ~
42980 \begin_inset space ~
42983 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
42987 , when using this, set the document language to
42992 \begin_layout Description
42994 \begin_inset space ~
42998 \begin_inset space ~
43001 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
43005 , when using this, set the document language to
43010 \begin_layout Description
43012 \begin_inset space ~
43015 (EUC-KR) for Korean
43018 \begin_layout Description
43020 \begin_inset space ~
43024 \begin_inset space ~
43028 \begin_inset space ~
43031 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
43034 \begin_layout Description
43036 \begin_inset space ~
43040 \begin_inset space ~
43044 \begin_inset space ~
43047 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
43048 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
43049 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
43052 \begin_layout Description
43054 \begin_inset space ~
43058 \begin_inset space ~
43064 \begin_layout Description
43066 \begin_inset space ~
43070 \begin_inset space ~
43073 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
43074 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
43077 \begin_layout Description
43079 \begin_inset space ~
43083 \begin_inset space ~
43086 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
43091 \begin_inset Index idx
43094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43095 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
43100 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
43103 \begin_layout Description
43105 \begin_inset space ~
43109 \begin_inset space ~
43112 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
43120 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
43125 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
43127 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
43130 \begin_layout Description
43132 \begin_inset space ~
43136 \begin_inset space ~
43139 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43144 \begin_inset Index idx
43147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43148 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
43153 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
43156 \begin_layout Description
43158 \begin_inset space ~
43161 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
43166 \begin_inset Index idx
43169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43176 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
43180 \begin_layout Description
43182 \begin_inset space ~
43186 \begin_inset space ~
43190 \begin_inset space ~
43193 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
43194 \begin_inset space ~
43200 \begin_layout Description
43202 \begin_inset space ~
43206 \begin_inset space ~
43210 \begin_inset space ~
43213 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
43214 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
43215 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
43219 \begin_layout Description
43221 \begin_inset space ~
43225 \begin_inset space ~
43229 \begin_inset space ~
43232 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
43233 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
43236 \begin_layout Standard
43237 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
43240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43241 LatexCommand formatted
43242 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43246 for more information on the language package.
43249 \begin_layout Section
43253 \begin_layout Standard
43254 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
43255 depth in the table of contents as described in section
43256 \begin_inset space ~
43260 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43262 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
43269 \begin_layout Section
43273 \begin_layout Standard
43274 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
43279 \begin_inset Index idx
43282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43283 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
43293 \begin_inset Index idx
43296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
43302 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
43307 \begin_inset Index idx
43310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43311 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
43316 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
43318 For a further description see section
43319 \begin_inset space ~
43323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43325 reference "sec:Bibliography"
43332 \begin_layout Section
43336 \begin_layout Standard
43337 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
43338 and you can define additional indexes.
43339 Please refer to section
43340 \begin_inset space ~
43344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43346 reference "sec:Index"
43353 \begin_layout Section
43357 \begin_layout Standard
43358 The PDF properties are explained in section
43359 \begin_inset space ~
43363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43365 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
43372 \begin_layout Section
43376 \begin_layout Standard
43377 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
43382 \begin_inset Index idx
43385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43386 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
43396 \begin_inset Index idx
43399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43400 LaTeX-packages ! esint
43405 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
43408 \begin_layout Standard
43413 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
43414 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
43417 \begin_layout Standard
43422 is used for special integral characters.
43425 \begin_layout Section
43429 \begin_layout Standard
43430 The float placement options are described in section
43433 \begin_inset space ~
43441 \begin_inset space ~
43449 \begin_layout Section
43453 \begin_layout Standard
43454 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
43455 The itemize environment is described in section
43456 \begin_inset space ~
43460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43462 reference "sec:Itemize"
43469 \begin_layout Section
43473 \begin_layout Standard
43474 Branches are described in section
43475 \begin_inset space ~
43479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43481 reference "sec:Branches"
43488 \begin_layout Section
43490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43492 name "sec:Doc-Output"
43499 \begin_layout Standard
43500 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
43503 \begin_layout Description
43505 \begin_inset space ~
43509 \begin_inset space ~
43512 Format: The format that is used when you hit
43513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43532 View Master Document
43533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43540 Update Master Document
43541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43548 menu or the toolbar.
43549 The default is set in
43551 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43552 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43557 LatexCommand formatted
43558 reference "sec:File-Formats"
43565 \begin_layout Description
43567 \begin_inset space ~
43571 \begin_inset space ~
43575 \begin_inset Note Note
43578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43587 \begin_layout Description
43589 \begin_inset space ~
43593 \begin_inset space ~
43597 \begin_inset Note Note
43600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43609 \begin_layout Section
43614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43624 \begin_layout Standard
43625 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
43626 to define LaTeX-commands.
43627 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
43628 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
43632 \begin_layout Standard
43633 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
43634 \begin_inset space ~
43638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43640 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
43647 \begin_layout Chapter
43653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43655 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
43660 \begin_inset Index idx
43663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43672 \begin_layout Standard
43673 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
43675 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43679 It has the following submenus.
43682 \begin_layout Section
43686 \begin_layout Subsection
43690 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43691 User Interface File
43692 \begin_inset Index idx
43695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43696 Customization ! of toolbars
43702 \begin_inset Index idx
43705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43706 Customization ! of menus
43714 \begin_layout Standard
43715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43723 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
43732 \begin_layout Standard
43733 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
43734 interface (ui) file.
43735 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
43736 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
43745 Both files are loaded by the
43750 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
43751 files and edit the entries.
43754 \begin_layout Standard
43755 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
43767 entries must be ended with an explicit
43792 and in the case of the
43793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43805 The syntax for the entries is:
43808 \begin_layout Standard
43809 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43837 \begin_layout Standard
43839 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43842 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
43844 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43846 \begin_inset space ~
43854 \begin_layout Standard
43855 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
43861 \begin_layout Standard
43862 An example: Assuming you use the menu
43864 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43867 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
43871 \begin_layout Standard
43872 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43886 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43896 \begin_layout Standard
43898 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
43901 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
43904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43908 \begin_layout Standard
43911 Enable tool tips in main work area
43913 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
43917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43921 \begin_layout Standard
43925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43932 restoring of window layout and geometries
43934 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
43935 in the last LyX session.
43938 \begin_layout Standard
43941 Restore cursor positions
43943 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
43947 \begin_layout Standard
43950 Load opened files from last session
43952 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
43955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43959 name "sub:Backup documents"
43964 \begin_inset Index idx
43967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43976 \begin_layout Standard
43981 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
43984 \begin_layout Standard
43989 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
43992 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43994 \begin_inset space ~
44002 \begin_layout Standard
44005 Open documents in tabs
44007 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
44011 \begin_layout Subsection
44013 \begin_inset Index idx
44016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44023 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44025 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
44032 \begin_layout Standard
44033 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
44036 \begin_layout Standard
44037 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44045 This section only deals with the fonts
44050 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
44053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44054 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44065 \begin_layout Standard
44066 By default, LyX uses
44070 as roman (serif) font,
44078 (depends on the system) as
44081 \begin_inset space ~
44097 \begin_layout Standard
44098 You can change the font size with the
44103 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
44104 current LyX session by pressing
44108 and scrolling the mouse wheel.
44111 \begin_layout Standard
44116 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
44117 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
44119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44122 points have the size of 1
44123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44127 \begin_inset space ~
44131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44133 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
44140 \begin_layout Standard
44145 are the same as if a document font size of 10
44146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44150 The sizes are explained in detail in section
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44157 reference "sub:Document-Font"
44164 \begin_layout Standard
44167 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
44169 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
44170 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
44171 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
44172 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
44174 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
44175 \begin_inset space ~
44181 \begin_layout Subsection
44183 \begin_inset Index idx
44186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44193 \begin_inset Index idx
44196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44205 \begin_layout Standard
44206 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
44207 Choose an item in the list and use the
44214 \begin_layout Subsection
44216 \begin_inset Index idx
44219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44228 \begin_layout Standard
44229 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
44232 \begin_layout Standard
44237 enables previewing snippets of your document.
44238 This feature is described in section
44239 \begin_inset space ~
44243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44245 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
44252 \begin_layout Standard
44256 \begin_inset space ~
44260 \begin_inset space ~
44264 \begin_inset space ~
44269 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
44272 \begin_layout Section
44274 \begin_inset Index idx
44277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44286 \begin_layout Subsection
44290 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44294 \begin_layout Standard
44297 Cursor follows scrollbar
44299 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
44303 \begin_layout Standard
44304 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
44309 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
44310 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
44313 \begin_layout Standard
44316 Sort environments alphabetically
44318 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44321 \begin_layout Standard
44324 Group environments by their category
44326 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
44329 \begin_layout Standard
44330 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
44342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44346 \begin_layout Standard
44347 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
44352 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
44353 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
44357 \begin_layout Subsection
44359 \begin_inset Index idx
44362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44369 \begin_inset Index idx
44372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44373 Settings ! Shortcuts
44381 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44385 \begin_layout Standard
44386 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
44387 Several binding files are available:
44390 \begin_layout Description
44391 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
44394 \begin_layout Description
44395 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
44406 \begin_layout Description
44407 mac.bind set of bindings for
44410 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44418 \begin_layout Standard
44419 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
44423 , and bind files for special languages.
44424 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
44425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44429 \begin_inset space \space{}
44433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44441 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
44445 \begin_layout Standard
44446 Some bind-files, like
44450 , have only a small scope.
44451 When looking at the end of the file
44455 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
44458 \begin_layout Subsubsection
44460 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44462 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
44467 \begin_inset Index idx
44470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44471 Key Bindings ! Editing
44479 \begin_layout Standard
44480 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
44481 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
44482 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
44485 Show key-bindings containing
44488 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
44489 Insert there for example as keyword
44490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44497 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
44499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44507 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
44508 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
44512 that you will find in the
44519 \begin_layout Standard
44521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44525 \begin_inset space \space{}
44536 , select the function and press the
44541 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
44542 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
44543 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
44544 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
44545 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
44547 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
44549 The binding for the function
44553 is an example of this.
44556 \begin_layout Standard
44557 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
44559 The syntax of the entries is:
44562 \begin_layout Standard
44568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44586 \begin_layout Subsection
44588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44590 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
44595 \begin_inset Index idx
44598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44605 \begin_inset Index idx
44608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44609 Settings ! Keyboard Map
44617 \begin_layout Standard
44618 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
44619 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
44621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44625 \begin_inset space \space{}
44628 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
44629 can use the keyboard map file named
44636 \begin_layout Standard
44637 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44645 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
44653 \begin_layout Standard
44654 Besides this, you can specify here the
44656 Wheel scrolling speed
44659 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
44663 \begin_layout Subsection
44665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44667 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
44672 \begin_inset Index idx
44675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44684 \begin_layout Standard
44685 Input completion is described in sec.
44686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44692 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
44697 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
44699 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
44700 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
44704 \begin_layout Section
44706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44713 \begin_inset Index idx
44716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44723 \begin_inset Index idx
44726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44735 \begin_layout Description
44737 \begin_inset space ~
44740 directory This is LyX's working directory.
44741 It is the default when you
44752 \begin_inset space ~
44760 \begin_layout Description
44762 \begin_inset space ~
44765 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
44767 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44769 \begin_inset space ~
44773 \begin_inset space ~
44781 \begin_layout Description
44783 \begin_inset space ~
44786 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
44792 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44796 \begin_inset Newline newline
44800 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44812 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
44820 \begin_layout Description
44822 \begin_inset space ~
44826 \begin_inset Index idx
44829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44835 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
44836 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
44837 \begin_inset space ~
44841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44843 reference "sub:Backup documents"
44851 will be used to save the backups.
44852 \begin_inset Newline newline
44855 The backup files have the ending
44856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44866 \begin_layout Description
44871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44878 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
44879 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
44880 \begin_inset Newline newline
44887 : You add a BibTeX-database test.bib to your document.
44888 You can edit this file with the program
44897 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
44900 \begin_inset space ~
44906 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
44911 and click on the LyX-symbol.
44912 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
44918 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
44919 \begin_inset Newline newline
44923 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44931 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
44939 \begin_layout Description
44941 \begin_inset space ~
44944 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
44947 \begin_layout Description
44949 \begin_inset space ~
44952 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
44953 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
44954 to find it on the system.
44955 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
44956 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
44958 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44962 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44965 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
44966 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
44970 \begin_layout Section
44974 \begin_layout Standard
44975 Here you can insert your name and email address.
44976 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
44978 \begin_inset space ~
44982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44984 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
44988 , to mark changes you make as yours.
44991 \begin_layout Section
44993 \begin_inset Index idx
44996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44997 Language ! Settings
45003 \begin_inset Index idx
45006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45007 Settings ! Language
45015 \begin_layout Subsection
45017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45019 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
45026 \begin_layout Description
45028 \begin_inset space ~
45032 \begin_inset space ~
45035 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
45036 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
45037 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
45038 You find the actual translation status here:
45039 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45041 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45042 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
45049 \begin_layout Description
45051 \begin_inset space ~
45054 language is the language used in new documents
45057 \begin_layout Description
45059 \begin_inset space ~
45062 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
45064 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
45065 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
45066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45070 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45082 The most widespread language package is
45086 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
45087 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
45088 with an alternative language package (
45092 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
45093 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
45095 \begin_inset Newline newline
45098 The available selections are:
45102 \begin_layout Itemize
45112 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
45116 \begin_layout Itemize
45122 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
45123 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
45124 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
45127 \begin_layout Itemize
45133 Lets you load some other language package (via
45146 \begin_layout Itemize
45152 Loads no language package at all
45156 \begin_layout Description
45158 \begin_inset space ~
45162 \begin_inset space ~
45165 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
45169 \begin_layout Description
45171 \begin_inset space ~
45174 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
45175 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
45176 An example is the start command
45182 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
45187 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45202 selectlanguage{$$lang}
45207 \begin_layout Description
45209 \begin_inset space ~
45217 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
45218 command toggles the package on and off.
45221 \begin_layout Description
45223 \begin_inset space ~
45227 \begin_inset space ~
45230 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
45231 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
45232 used by all LaTeX-packages.
45233 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
45240 \begin_layout Description
45242 \begin_inset space ~
45245 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
45247 When this option is not set, the
45250 \begin_inset space ~
45255 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
45256 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
45259 \begin_inset space ~
45267 \begin_layout Description
45269 \begin_inset space ~
45275 \begin_inset space ~
45281 When it is not set, the
45284 \begin_inset space ~
45289 is set to the end of the document.
45292 \begin_layout Description
45294 \begin_inset space ~
45298 \begin_inset space ~
45301 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
45302 language will be underlined blue.
45305 \begin_layout Description
45307 \begin_inset space ~
45311 \begin_inset space ~
45314 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
45315 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
45318 \begin_layout Description
45320 \begin_inset space ~
45323 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
45324 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
45325 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
45326 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
45329 \begin_layout Subsection
45333 \begin_layout Standard
45334 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
45335 \begin_inset space ~
45339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45341 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
45348 \begin_layout Section
45352 \begin_layout Subsection
45354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45361 \begin_inset Index idx
45364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45371 \begin_inset Index idx
45374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45383 \begin_layout Description
45385 \begin_inset space ~
45388 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
45389 The name will be used when the
45394 \begin_inset Newline newline
45398 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45406 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
45414 \begin_layout Description
45416 \begin_inset space ~
45419 command is the command LyX
45420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45427 LaTeX uses for printing.
45428 The default is on most systems
45435 \begin_layout Description
45437 \begin_inset space ~
45441 \begin_inset space ~
45444 Options Here you can specify printer options.
45445 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
45446 of the program that provides the
45453 \begin_layout Description
45455 \begin_inset space ~
45459 \begin_inset space ~
45463 \begin_inset space ~
45466 printer This option works only for the
45471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45483 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
45484 This is an option only for dvips experts.
45487 \begin_layout Subsection
45489 \begin_inset Index idx
45492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45499 \begin_inset Index idx
45502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45503 Settings ! Date format
45511 \begin_layout Standard
45512 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
45513 \begin_inset Newline newline
45517 \begin_inset Flex URL
45520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45522 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
45528 \begin_inset Newline newline
45531 For example the format
45532 \begin_inset Newline newline
45536 \begin_inset Newline newline
45539 prints the date as day/month/year.
45542 \begin_layout Subsection
45546 \begin_layout Description
45548 \begin_inset space ~
45552 \begin_inset space ~
45555 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
45558 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45559 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45561 \begin_inset space ~
45567 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
45571 \begin_layout Description
45573 \begin_inset space ~
45576 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
45581 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
45582 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
45585 \begin_layout Subsection
45590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45600 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
45605 \begin_inset Index idx
45608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45617 \begin_layout Description
45619 \begin_inset space ~
45626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45634 \begin_inset space ~
45638 \begin_inset space ~
45641 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
45646 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
45668 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
45669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45681 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
45682 LyX sets up in the background.
45683 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
45686 \begin_layout Description
45688 \begin_inset space ~
45692 \begin_inset space ~
45695 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
45700 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
45703 \begin_layout Standard
45704 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
45705 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
45706 manuals of the applications.
45707 Currently the following commands can be set:
45710 \begin_layout Description
45715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45723 \begin_inset space ~
45726 command Command for the program
45730 that is described in the section
45736 Additional Features
45741 \begin_layout Description
45746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45754 \begin_inset space ~
45757 command Command for the program
45761 that generates the bibliography, see section
45762 \begin_inset space ~
45766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45768 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
45775 \begin_layout Description
45777 \begin_inset space ~
45780 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
45781 \begin_inset space ~
45785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45787 reference "sub:Index-Program"
45794 \begin_layout Description
45796 \begin_inset space ~
45799 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
45800 \begin_inset space ~
45804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45806 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
45813 \begin_layout Description
45815 \begin_inset space ~
45819 \begin_inset space ~
45823 \begin_inset space ~
45827 \begin_inset space ~
45830 options They only have an effect when the program
45834 is used as DVI-viewer.
45837 \begin_layout Standard
45838 There are additionally the following options:
45841 \begin_layout Description
45843 \begin_inset space ~
45847 \begin_inset space ~
45851 \begin_inset space ~
45855 \begin_inset space ~
45859 \begin_inset space ~
45862 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
45863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45880 to separate folders.
45881 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
45882 \begin_inset Index idx
45885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45892 \begin_inset Index idx
45895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45904 \begin_layout Description
45906 \begin_inset space ~
45910 \begin_inset space ~
45914 \begin_inset space ~
45918 \begin_inset space ~
45922 \begin_inset space ~
45926 \begin_inset space ~
45929 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
45931 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45934 dialog when changing the document class.
45937 \begin_layout Section
45939 \begin_inset space ~
45943 \begin_inset Index idx
45946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45955 \begin_layout Subsection
45957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45959 name "sub:Converters"
45964 \begin_inset Index idx
45967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45976 \begin_layout Standard
45977 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
45978 from one format to another.
45979 You can modify them or create new ones.
45980 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
45987 \begin_inset space ~
45997 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
46001 \begin_inset space ~
46006 drop-down list, modify the
46010 field, and press the
46017 \begin_layout Standard
46020 Converter File Cache
46022 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
46025 Maximum Age (in days
46028 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
46029 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
46032 \begin_layout Standard
46033 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
46034 the converter definition, is described in the section
46045 \begin_layout Subsection
46047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46049 name "sec:File-Formats"
46054 \begin_inset Index idx
46057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46064 \begin_inset Index idx
46067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46076 \begin_layout Standard
46077 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
46078 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
46082 \begin_layout Standard
46083 Furthermore, you can define the
46084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46087 Default output format
46088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46091 that is used when you hit
46092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46104 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46111 View Master Document
46112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46119 Update Master Document
46120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46123 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
46126 \begin_layout Standard
46127 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
46128 is described in the section
46139 \begin_layout Standard
46140 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
46141 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
46142 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
46143 This is done by specifying a
46148 More about this is described in the section
46159 \begin_layout Chapter
46160 Units available in LyX
46161 \begin_inset Index idx
46164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46173 name "cha:Units-available-in"
46180 \begin_layout Standard
46181 To understand the units described in this documentation,
46182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46184 reference "cap:Units"
46188 explains all units available in LyX.
46191 \begin_layout Standard
46192 \begin_inset Float table
46198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46199 \begin_inset Caption
46201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46217 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
46223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46225 \begin_inset Tabular
46226 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
46227 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
46228 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
46231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46353 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46380 scaled point (65536
46381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46441 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
46445 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46496 % of original image width
46503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
46674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
46683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46685 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46689 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46710 \begin_layout Chapter
46712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46721 \begin_layout Standard
46722 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
46723 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
46726 \begin_layout Itemize
46729 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
46732 \begin_layout Itemize
46738 \begin_layout Itemize
46744 \begin_layout Itemize
46750 \begin_layout Itemize
46756 \begin_layout Itemize
46762 \begin_layout Itemize
46768 \begin_layout Itemize
46774 \begin_layout Itemize
46777 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
46780 \begin_layout Itemize
46786 \begin_layout Itemize
46792 \begin_layout Itemize
46798 \begin_layout Itemize
46804 \begin_layout Itemize
46810 \begin_layout Itemize
46816 \begin_layout Itemize
46822 \begin_layout Itemize
46828 \begin_layout Itemize
46830 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46839 \begin_layout Standard
46840 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46843 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
46850 \begin_layout Bibliography
46851 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46852 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46853 LatexCommand bibitem
46860 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46863 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
46868 \begin_inset Newline newline
46872 \begin_inset Flex URL
46875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46877 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
46885 \begin_layout Bibliography
46886 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46887 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46888 LatexCommand bibitem
46889 key "latexcompanion"
46893 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
46895 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
46898 Addison-Wesley, 2004
46901 \begin_layout Bibliography
46902 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46903 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46904 LatexCommand bibitem
46909 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
46912 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
46915 Addison-Wesley, 2003
46918 \begin_layout Bibliography
46919 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46920 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46921 LatexCommand bibitem
46928 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
46931 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
46934 \begin_layout Bibliography
46935 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46936 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46937 LatexCommand bibitem
46949 Addison-Wesley, 1984
46952 \begin_layout Bibliography
46953 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46954 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46955 LatexCommand bibitem
46961 \begin_inset Newline newline
46965 \begin_inset Flex URL
46968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46970 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
46978 \begin_layout Bibliography
46979 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46980 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46981 LatexCommand bibitem
46987 \begin_inset Newline newline
46991 \begin_inset Flex URL
46994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46996 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
47004 \begin_layout Bibliography
47005 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47006 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47007 LatexCommand bibitem
47013 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47015 name "Documentation"
47016 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
47025 \begin_inset Newline newline
47029 \begin_inset Flex URL
47032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47034 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
47042 \begin_layout Bibliography
47043 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47044 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47045 LatexCommand bibitem
47051 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47053 name "Documentation"
47054 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
47058 how to use the program
47063 \begin_inset Newline newline
47067 \begin_inset Flex URL
47070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47072 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
47080 \begin_layout Bibliography
47081 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47082 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47083 LatexCommand bibitem
47089 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47091 name "Documentation"
47092 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
47101 \begin_inset Newline newline
47105 \begin_inset Flex URL
47108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47110 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
47118 \begin_layout Bibliography
47119 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47120 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47121 LatexCommand bibitem
47127 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47129 name "Documentation"
47130 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
47139 \begin_inset Newline newline
47143 \begin_inset Flex URL
47146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47148 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
47156 \begin_layout Bibliography
47157 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47158 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47159 LatexCommand bibitem
47165 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47167 name "Documentation"
47168 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
47172 of the LaTeX-package
47177 \begin_inset Index idx
47180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47181 LaTeX-packages ! caption
47187 \begin_inset Newline newline
47191 \begin_inset Flex URL
47194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47196 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
47204 \begin_layout Bibliography
47205 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47206 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47207 LatexCommand bibitem
47213 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47215 name "Documentation"
47216 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
47220 of the LaTeX-package
47225 \begin_inset Index idx
47228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47229 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
47235 \begin_inset Newline newline
47239 \begin_inset Flex URL
47242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47244 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
47252 \begin_layout Bibliography
47253 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47254 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47255 LatexCommand bibitem
47261 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47263 name "Documentation"
47264 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
47268 of the LaTeX-package
47273 \begin_inset Index idx
47276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47277 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
47283 \begin_inset Newline newline
47287 \begin_inset Flex URL
47290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47292 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
47300 \begin_layout Bibliography
47301 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47302 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47303 LatexCommand bibitem
47311 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47313 name "Documentation"
47314 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
47320 of the LaTeX-package
47325 \begin_inset Index idx
47328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47329 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
47335 \begin_inset Newline newline
47339 \begin_inset Flex URL
47342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47344 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
47352 \begin_layout Bibliography
47353 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47354 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47355 LatexCommand bibitem
47361 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47363 name "Documentation"
47364 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
47368 of the LaTeX-package
47373 \begin_inset Index idx
47376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47377 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
47383 \begin_inset Newline newline
47387 \begin_inset Flex URL
47390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47392 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
47400 \begin_layout Bibliography
47401 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47402 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47403 LatexCommand bibitem
47409 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47411 name "Documentation"
47412 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
47416 of the LaTeX-package
47421 \begin_inset Index idx
47424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47425 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
47431 \begin_inset Newline newline
47435 \begin_inset Flex URL
47438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47440 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
47448 \begin_layout Bibliography
47449 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47450 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47451 LatexCommand bibitem
47457 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47460 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
47464 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
47465 \begin_inset Newline newline
47469 \begin_inset Flex URL
47472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47474 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
47482 \begin_layout Bibliography
47483 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47484 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47485 LatexCommand bibitem
47491 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47494 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
47498 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
47499 \begin_inset Newline newline
47503 \begin_inset Flex URL
47506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47508 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
47516 \begin_layout Bibliography
47517 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47518 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47519 LatexCommand bibitem
47525 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47528 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
47532 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
47533 \begin_inset Newline newline
47537 \begin_inset Flex URL
47540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47542 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
47550 \begin_layout Bibliography
47551 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47552 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47553 LatexCommand bibitem
47559 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47562 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
47566 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
47567 \begin_inset Newline newline
47571 \begin_inset Flex URL
47574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47576 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
47584 \begin_layout Bibliography
47585 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47586 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47587 LatexCommand bibitem
47593 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47596 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
47600 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
47601 \begin_inset Newline newline
47605 \begin_inset Flex URL
47608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47610 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
47618 \begin_layout Bibliography
47619 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47620 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47621 LatexCommand bibitem
47627 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47630 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
47634 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
47635 \begin_inset Newline newline
47639 \begin_inset Flex URL
47642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47644 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
47652 \begin_layout Bibliography
47653 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47654 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47655 LatexCommand bibitem
47661 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47664 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
47668 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
47669 \begin_inset Newline newline
47673 \begin_inset Flex URL
47676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47678 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
47686 \begin_layout Bibliography
47687 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47688 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47689 LatexCommand bibitem
47695 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47698 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
47702 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
47703 \begin_inset Newline newline
47707 \begin_inset Flex URL
47710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47712 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
47720 \begin_layout Bibliography
47721 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47722 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47723 LatexCommand bibitem
47729 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47732 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
47736 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
47737 \begin_inset Newline newline
47741 \begin_inset Flex URL
47744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47746 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
47754 \begin_layout Bibliography
47755 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
47756 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
47757 LatexCommand bibitem
47763 \begin_inset CommandInset href
47766 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
47770 about new features in
47775 \begin_inset Newline newline
47779 \begin_inset Flex URL
47782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47784 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
47792 \begin_layout Standard
47793 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
47800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47827 \begin_inset Note Note
47830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47837 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
47838 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
47839 bibliography is the second one:
47847 \begin_layout Standard
47848 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
47849 LatexCommand bibtex
47850 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
47851 options "biblio/alphadin"
47858 \begin_layout Standard
47859 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
47862 \begin_layout Standard
47863 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
47864 LatexCommand printnomenclature
47870 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
47871 LatexCommand printindex